1 /* PowerPC-specific support for 32-bit ELF
2 Copyright (C) 1994-2019 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
3 Written by Ian Lance Taylor, Cygnus Support.
5 This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
7 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
9 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
10 (at your option) any later version.
12 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
15 GNU General Public License for more details.
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
18 along with this program; if not, write to the
19 Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor,
20 Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */
23 /* This file is based on a preliminary PowerPC ELF ABI. The
24 information may not match the final PowerPC ELF ABI. It includes
25 suggestions from the in-progress Embedded PowerPC ABI, and that
26 information may also not match. */
35 #include "elf32-ppc.h"
36 #include "elf-vxworks.h"
38 #include "opcode/ppc.h"
40 /* All users of this file have bfd_octets_per_byte (abfd, sec) == 1. */
41 #define OCTETS_PER_BYTE(ABFD, SEC) 1
43 typedef enum split16_format_type
50 /* RELA relocations are used here. */
52 static bfd_reloc_status_type ppc_elf_addr16_ha_reloc
53 (bfd
*, arelent
*, asymbol
*, void *, asection
*, bfd
*, char **);
54 static bfd_reloc_status_type ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
55 (bfd
*, arelent
*, asymbol
*, void *, asection
*, bfd
*, char **);
57 /* Branch prediction bit for branch taken relocs. */
58 #define BRANCH_PREDICT_BIT 0x200000
59 /* Mask to set RA in memory instructions. */
60 #define RA_REGISTER_MASK 0x001f0000
61 /* Value to shift register by to insert RA. */
62 #define RA_REGISTER_SHIFT 16
64 /* The name of the dynamic interpreter. This is put in the .interp
66 #define ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER "/usr/lib/ld.so.1"
68 /* For old-style PLT. */
69 /* The number of single-slot PLT entries (the rest use two slots). */
70 #define PLT_NUM_SINGLE_ENTRIES 8192
72 /* For new-style .glink and .plt. */
73 #define GLINK_PLTRESOLVE 16*4
74 #define GLINK_ENTRY_SIZE(htab, h) \
77 && h == htab->tls_get_addr \
78 && !htab->params->no_tls_get_addr_opt ? 8*4 : 0) \
79 + (1u << htab->params->plt_stub_align) - 1) \
80 & -(1u << htab->params->plt_stub_align))
82 /* VxWorks uses its own plt layout, filled in by the static linker. */
84 /* The standard VxWorks PLT entry. */
85 #define VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE 32
86 static const bfd_vma ppc_elf_vxworks_plt_entry
87 [VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE
/ 4] =
89 0x3d800000, /* lis r12,0 */
90 0x818c0000, /* lwz r12,0(r12) */
91 0x7d8903a6, /* mtctr r12 */
92 0x4e800420, /* bctr */
93 0x39600000, /* li r11,0 */
94 0x48000000, /* b 14 <.PLT0resolve+0x4> */
98 static const bfd_vma ppc_elf_vxworks_pic_plt_entry
99 [VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE
/ 4] =
101 0x3d9e0000, /* addis r12,r30,0 */
102 0x818c0000, /* lwz r12,0(r12) */
103 0x7d8903a6, /* mtctr r12 */
104 0x4e800420, /* bctr */
105 0x39600000, /* li r11,0 */
106 0x48000000, /* b 14 <.PLT0resolve+0x4> 14: R_PPC_REL24 .PLTresolve */
107 0x60000000, /* nop */
108 0x60000000, /* nop */
111 /* The initial VxWorks PLT entry. */
112 #define VXWORKS_PLT_INITIAL_ENTRY_SIZE 32
113 static const bfd_vma ppc_elf_vxworks_plt0_entry
114 [VXWORKS_PLT_INITIAL_ENTRY_SIZE
/ 4] =
116 0x3d800000, /* lis r12,0 */
117 0x398c0000, /* addi r12,r12,0 */
118 0x800c0008, /* lwz r0,8(r12) */
119 0x7c0903a6, /* mtctr r0 */
120 0x818c0004, /* lwz r12,4(r12) */
121 0x4e800420, /* bctr */
122 0x60000000, /* nop */
123 0x60000000, /* nop */
125 static const bfd_vma ppc_elf_vxworks_pic_plt0_entry
126 [VXWORKS_PLT_INITIAL_ENTRY_SIZE
/ 4] =
128 0x819e0008, /* lwz r12,8(r30) */
129 0x7d8903a6, /* mtctr r12 */
130 0x819e0004, /* lwz r12,4(r30) */
131 0x4e800420, /* bctr */
132 0x60000000, /* nop */
133 0x60000000, /* nop */
134 0x60000000, /* nop */
135 0x60000000, /* nop */
138 /* For executables, we have some additional relocations in
139 .rela.plt.unloaded, for the kernel loader. */
141 /* The number of non-JMP_SLOT relocations per PLT0 slot. */
142 #define VXWORKS_PLT_NON_JMP_SLOT_RELOCS 3
143 /* The number of relocations in the PLTResolve slot. */
144 #define VXWORKS_PLTRESOLVE_RELOCS 2
145 /* The number of relocations in the PLTResolve slot when creating
147 #define VXWORKS_PLTRESOLVE_RELOCS_SHLIB 0
149 /* Some instructions. */
150 #define ADDIS_11_11 0x3d6b0000
151 #define ADDIS_11_30 0x3d7e0000
152 #define ADDIS_12_12 0x3d8c0000
153 #define ADDI_11_11 0x396b0000
154 #define ADD_0_11_11 0x7c0b5a14
155 #define ADD_3_12_2 0x7c6c1214
156 #define ADD_11_0_11 0x7d605a14
158 #define BA 0x48000002
159 #define BCL_20_31 0x429f0005
160 #define BCTR 0x4e800420
161 #define BEQLR 0x4d820020
162 #define CMPWI_11_0 0x2c0b0000
163 #define LIS_11 0x3d600000
164 #define LIS_12 0x3d800000
165 #define LWZU_0_12 0x840c0000
166 #define LWZ_0_12 0x800c0000
167 #define LWZ_11_3 0x81630000
168 #define LWZ_11_11 0x816b0000
169 #define LWZ_11_30 0x817e0000
170 #define LWZ_12_3 0x81830000
171 #define LWZ_12_12 0x818c0000
172 #define MR_0_3 0x7c601b78
173 #define MR_3_0 0x7c030378
174 #define MFLR_0 0x7c0802a6
175 #define MFLR_12 0x7d8802a6
176 #define MTCTR_0 0x7c0903a6
177 #define MTCTR_11 0x7d6903a6
178 #define MTLR_0 0x7c0803a6
179 #define NOP 0x60000000
180 #define SUB_11_11_12 0x7d6c5850
182 /* Offset of tp and dtp pointers from start of TLS block. */
183 #define TP_OFFSET 0x7000
184 #define DTP_OFFSET 0x8000
186 /* The value of a defined global symbol. */
187 #define SYM_VAL(SYM) \
188 ((SYM)->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma \
189 + (SYM)->root.u.def.section->output_offset \
190 + (SYM)->root.u.def.value)
192 /* Relocation HOWTO's. */
193 /* Like other ELF RELA targets that don't apply multiple
194 field-altering relocations to the same localation, src_mask is
195 always zero and pcrel_offset is the same as pc_relative.
196 PowerPC can always use a zero bitpos, even when the field is not at
197 the LSB. For example, a REL24 could use rightshift=2, bisize=24
198 and bitpos=2 which matches the ABI description, or as we do here,
199 rightshift=0, bitsize=26 and bitpos=0. */
200 #define HOW(type, size, bitsize, mask, rightshift, pc_relative, \
201 complain, special_func) \
202 HOWTO (type, rightshift, size, bitsize, pc_relative, 0, \
203 complain_overflow_ ## complain, special_func, \
204 #type, FALSE, 0, mask, pc_relative)
206 static reloc_howto_type
*ppc_elf_howto_table
[R_PPC_max
];
208 static reloc_howto_type ppc_elf_howto_raw
[] = {
209 /* This reloc does nothing. */
210 HOW (R_PPC_NONE
, 3, 0, 0, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
211 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
213 /* A standard 32 bit relocation. */
214 HOW (R_PPC_ADDR32
, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
215 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
217 /* An absolute 26 bit branch; the lower two bits must be zero.
218 FIXME: we don't check that, we just clear them. */
219 HOW (R_PPC_ADDR24
, 2, 26, 0x3fffffc, 0, FALSE
, signed,
220 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
222 /* A standard 16 bit relocation. */
223 HOW (R_PPC_ADDR16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, bitfield
,
224 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
226 /* A 16 bit relocation without overflow. */
227 HOW (R_PPC_ADDR16_LO
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
228 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
230 /* The high order 16 bits of an address. */
231 HOW (R_PPC_ADDR16_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
232 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
234 /* The high order 16 bits of an address, plus 1 if the contents of
235 the low 16 bits, treated as a signed number, is negative. */
236 HOW (R_PPC_ADDR16_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
237 ppc_elf_addr16_ha_reloc
),
239 /* An absolute 16 bit branch; the lower two bits must be zero.
240 FIXME: we don't check that, we just clear them. */
241 HOW (R_PPC_ADDR14
, 2, 16, 0xfffc, 0, FALSE
, signed,
242 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
244 /* An absolute 16 bit branch, for which bit 10 should be set to
245 indicate that the branch is expected to be taken. The lower two
246 bits must be zero. */
247 HOW (R_PPC_ADDR14_BRTAKEN
, 2, 16, 0xfffc, 0, FALSE
, signed,
248 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
250 /* An absolute 16 bit branch, for which bit 10 should be set to
251 indicate that the branch is not expected to be taken. The lower
252 two bits must be zero. */
253 HOW (R_PPC_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN
, 2, 16, 0xfffc, 0, FALSE
, signed,
254 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
256 /* A relative 26 bit branch; the lower two bits must be zero. */
257 HOW (R_PPC_REL24
, 2, 26, 0x3fffffc, 0, TRUE
, signed,
258 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
260 /* A relative 16 bit branch; the lower two bits must be zero. */
261 HOW (R_PPC_REL14
, 2, 16, 0xfffc, 0, TRUE
, signed,
262 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
264 /* A relative 16 bit branch. Bit 10 should be set to indicate that
265 the branch is expected to be taken. The lower two bits must be
267 HOW (R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN
, 2, 16, 0xfffc, 0, TRUE
, signed,
268 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
270 /* A relative 16 bit branch. Bit 10 should be set to indicate that
271 the branch is not expected to be taken. The lower two bits must
273 HOW (R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN
, 2, 16, 0xfffc, 0, TRUE
, signed,
274 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
276 /* Like R_PPC_ADDR16, but referring to the GOT table entry for the
278 HOW (R_PPC_GOT16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, signed,
279 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
281 /* Like R_PPC_ADDR16_LO, but referring to the GOT table entry for
283 HOW (R_PPC_GOT16_LO
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
284 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
286 /* Like R_PPC_ADDR16_HI, but referring to the GOT table entry for
288 HOW (R_PPC_GOT16_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
289 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
291 /* Like R_PPC_ADDR16_HA, but referring to the GOT table entry for
293 HOW (R_PPC_GOT16_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
294 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
296 /* Like R_PPC_REL24, but referring to the procedure linkage table
297 entry for the symbol. */
298 HOW (R_PPC_PLTREL24
, 2, 26, 0x3fffffc, 0, TRUE
, signed,
299 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
301 /* This is used only by the dynamic linker. The symbol should exist
302 both in the object being run and in some shared library. The
303 dynamic linker copies the data addressed by the symbol from the
304 shared library into the object, because the object being
305 run has to have the data at some particular address. */
306 HOW (R_PPC_COPY
, 2, 32, 0, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
307 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
309 /* Like R_PPC_ADDR32, but used when setting global offset table
311 HOW (R_PPC_GLOB_DAT
, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
312 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
314 /* Marks a procedure linkage table entry for a symbol. */
315 HOW (R_PPC_JMP_SLOT
, 2, 32, 0, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
316 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
318 /* Used only by the dynamic linker. When the object is run, this
319 longword is set to the load address of the object, plus the
321 HOW (R_PPC_RELATIVE
, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
322 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
324 /* Like R_PPC_REL24, but uses the value of the symbol within the
325 object rather than the final value. Normally used for
326 _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_. */
327 HOW (R_PPC_LOCAL24PC
, 2, 26, 0x3fffffc, 0, TRUE
, signed,
328 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
330 /* Like R_PPC_ADDR32, but may be unaligned. */
331 HOW (R_PPC_UADDR32
, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
332 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
334 /* Like R_PPC_ADDR16, but may be unaligned. */
335 HOW (R_PPC_UADDR16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, bitfield
,
336 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
338 /* 32-bit PC relative */
339 HOW (R_PPC_REL32
, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, TRUE
, dont
,
340 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
342 /* 32-bit relocation to the symbol's procedure linkage table.
343 FIXME: not supported. */
344 HOW (R_PPC_PLT32
, 2, 32, 0, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
345 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
347 /* 32-bit PC relative relocation to the symbol's procedure linkage table.
348 FIXME: not supported. */
349 HOW (R_PPC_PLTREL32
, 2, 32, 0, 0, TRUE
, dont
,
350 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
352 /* Like R_PPC_ADDR16_LO, but referring to the PLT table entry for
354 HOW (R_PPC_PLT16_LO
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
355 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
357 /* Like R_PPC_ADDR16_HI, but referring to the PLT table entry for
359 HOW (R_PPC_PLT16_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
360 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
362 /* Like R_PPC_ADDR16_HA, but referring to the PLT table entry for
364 HOW (R_PPC_PLT16_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
365 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
367 /* A sign-extended 16 bit value relative to _SDA_BASE_, for use with
369 HOW (R_PPC_SDAREL16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, signed,
370 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
372 /* 16-bit section relative relocation. */
373 HOW (R_PPC_SECTOFF
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, signed,
374 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
376 /* 16-bit lower half section relative relocation. */
377 HOW (R_PPC_SECTOFF_LO
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
378 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
380 /* 16-bit upper half section relative relocation. */
381 HOW (R_PPC_SECTOFF_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
382 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
384 /* 16-bit upper half adjusted section relative relocation. */
385 HOW (R_PPC_SECTOFF_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
386 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
388 /* Marker relocs for TLS. */
389 HOW (R_PPC_TLS
, 2, 32, 0, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
390 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
392 HOW (R_PPC_TLSGD
, 2, 32, 0, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
393 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
395 HOW (R_PPC_TLSLD
, 2, 32, 0, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
396 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
398 /* Marker relocs on inline plt call instructions. */
399 HOW (R_PPC_PLTSEQ
, 2, 32, 0, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
400 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
402 HOW (R_PPC_PLTCALL
, 2, 32, 0, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
403 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
405 /* Computes the load module index of the load module that contains the
406 definition of its TLS sym. */
407 HOW (R_PPC_DTPMOD32
, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
408 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
410 /* Computes a dtv-relative displacement, the difference between the value
411 of sym+add and the base address of the thread-local storage block that
412 contains the definition of sym, minus 0x8000. */
413 HOW (R_PPC_DTPREL32
, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
414 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
416 /* A 16 bit dtprel reloc. */
417 HOW (R_PPC_DTPREL16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, signed,
418 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
420 /* Like DTPREL16, but no overflow. */
421 HOW (R_PPC_DTPREL16_LO
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
422 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
424 /* Like DTPREL16_LO, but next higher group of 16 bits. */
425 HOW (R_PPC_DTPREL16_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
426 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
428 /* Like DTPREL16_HI, but adjust for low 16 bits. */
429 HOW (R_PPC_DTPREL16_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
430 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
432 /* Computes a tp-relative displacement, the difference between the value of
433 sym+add and the value of the thread pointer (r13). */
434 HOW (R_PPC_TPREL32
, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
435 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
437 /* A 16 bit tprel reloc. */
438 HOW (R_PPC_TPREL16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, signed,
439 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
441 /* Like TPREL16, but no overflow. */
442 HOW (R_PPC_TPREL16_LO
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
443 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
445 /* Like TPREL16_LO, but next higher group of 16 bits. */
446 HOW (R_PPC_TPREL16_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
447 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
449 /* Like TPREL16_HI, but adjust for low 16 bits. */
450 HOW (R_PPC_TPREL16_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
451 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
453 /* Allocates two contiguous entries in the GOT to hold a tls_index structure,
454 with values (sym+add)@dtpmod and (sym+add)@dtprel, and computes the offset
455 to the first entry. */
456 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, signed,
457 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
459 /* Like GOT_TLSGD16, but no overflow. */
460 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
461 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
463 /* Like GOT_TLSGD16_LO, but next higher group of 16 bits. */
464 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
465 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
467 /* Like GOT_TLSGD16_HI, but adjust for low 16 bits. */
468 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
469 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
471 /* Allocates two contiguous entries in the GOT to hold a tls_index structure,
472 with values (sym+add)@dtpmod and zero, and computes the offset to the
474 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, signed,
475 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
477 /* Like GOT_TLSLD16, but no overflow. */
478 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
479 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
481 /* Like GOT_TLSLD16_LO, but next higher group of 16 bits. */
482 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
483 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
485 /* Like GOT_TLSLD16_HI, but adjust for low 16 bits. */
486 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
487 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
489 /* Allocates an entry in the GOT with value (sym+add)@dtprel, and computes
490 the offset to the entry. */
491 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, signed,
492 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
494 /* Like GOT_DTPREL16, but no overflow. */
495 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_LO
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
496 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
498 /* Like GOT_DTPREL16_LO, but next higher group of 16 bits. */
499 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
500 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
502 /* Like GOT_DTPREL16_HI, but adjust for low 16 bits. */
503 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
504 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
506 /* Allocates an entry in the GOT with value (sym+add)@tprel, and computes the
507 offset to the entry. */
508 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, signed,
509 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
511 /* Like GOT_TPREL16, but no overflow. */
512 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
513 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
515 /* Like GOT_TPREL16_LO, but next higher group of 16 bits. */
516 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
517 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
519 /* Like GOT_TPREL16_HI, but adjust for low 16 bits. */
520 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
521 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
523 /* The remaining relocs are from the Embedded ELF ABI, and are not
524 in the SVR4 ELF ABI. */
526 /* 32 bit value resulting from the addend minus the symbol. */
527 HOW (R_PPC_EMB_NADDR32
, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
528 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
530 /* 16 bit value resulting from the addend minus the symbol. */
531 HOW (R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, signed,
532 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
534 /* 16 bit value resulting from the addend minus the symbol. */
535 HOW (R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_LO
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
536 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
538 /* The high order 16 bits of the addend minus the symbol. */
539 HOW (R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
540 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
542 /* The high order 16 bits of the result of the addend minus the address,
543 plus 1 if the contents of the low 16 bits, treated as a signed number,
545 HOW (R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
546 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
548 /* 16 bit value resulting from allocating a 4 byte word to hold an
549 address in the .sdata section, and returning the offset from
550 _SDA_BASE_ for that relocation. */
551 HOW (R_PPC_EMB_SDAI16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, signed,
552 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
554 /* 16 bit value resulting from allocating a 4 byte word to hold an
555 address in the .sdata2 section, and returning the offset from
556 _SDA2_BASE_ for that relocation. */
557 HOW (R_PPC_EMB_SDA2I16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, signed,
558 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
560 /* A sign-extended 16 bit value relative to _SDA2_BASE_, for use with
562 HOW (R_PPC_EMB_SDA2REL
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, signed,
563 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
565 /* Relocate against either _SDA_BASE_ or _SDA2_BASE_, filling in the 16 bit
566 signed offset from the appropriate base, and filling in the register
567 field with the appropriate register (0, 2, or 13). */
568 HOW (R_PPC_EMB_SDA21
, 2, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, signed,
569 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
571 /* Relocation not handled: R_PPC_EMB_MRKREF */
572 /* Relocation not handled: R_PPC_EMB_RELSEC16 */
573 /* Relocation not handled: R_PPC_EMB_RELST_LO */
574 /* Relocation not handled: R_PPC_EMB_RELST_HI */
575 /* Relocation not handled: R_PPC_EMB_RELST_HA */
576 /* Relocation not handled: R_PPC_EMB_BIT_FLD */
578 /* PC relative relocation against either _SDA_BASE_ or _SDA2_BASE_, filling
579 in the 16 bit signed offset from the appropriate base, and filling in the
580 register field with the appropriate register (0, 2, or 13). */
581 HOW (R_PPC_EMB_RELSDA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, signed,
582 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
584 /* A relative 8 bit branch. */
585 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_REL8
, 1, 8, 0xff, 1, TRUE
, signed,
586 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
588 /* A relative 15 bit branch. */
589 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_REL15
, 2, 16, 0xfffe, 0, TRUE
, signed,
590 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
592 /* A relative 24 bit branch. */
593 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_REL24
, 2, 25, 0x1fffffe, 0, TRUE
, signed,
594 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
596 /* The 16 LSBS in split16a format. */
597 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_LO16A
, 2, 16, 0x1f07ff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
598 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
600 /* The 16 LSBS in split16d format. */
601 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_LO16D
, 2, 16, 0x3e007ff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
602 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
604 /* Bits 16-31 split16a format. */
605 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_HI16A
, 2, 16, 0x1f07ff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
606 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
608 /* Bits 16-31 split16d format. */
609 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_HI16D
, 2, 16, 0x3e007ff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
610 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
612 /* Bits 16-31 (High Adjusted) in split16a format. */
613 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_HA16A
, 2, 16, 0x1f07ff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
614 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
616 /* Bits 16-31 (High Adjusted) in split16d format. */
617 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_HA16D
, 2, 16, 0x3e007ff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
618 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
620 /* This reloc is like R_PPC_EMB_SDA21 but only applies to e_add16i
621 instructions. If the register base is 0 then the linker changes
622 the e_add16i to an e_li instruction. */
623 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_SDA21
, 2, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, signed,
624 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
626 /* Like R_PPC_VLE_SDA21 but ignore overflow. */
627 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_SDA21_LO
, 2, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
628 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
630 /* The 16 LSBS relative to _SDA_BASE_ in split16a format. */
631 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16A
, 2, 16, 0x1f07ff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
632 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
634 /* The 16 LSBS relative to _SDA_BASE_ in split16d format. */
635 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16D
, 2, 16, 0x3e007ff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
636 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
638 /* Bits 16-31 relative to _SDA_BASE_ in split16a format. */
639 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16A
, 2, 16, 0x1f07ff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
640 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
642 /* Bits 16-31 relative to _SDA_BASE_ in split16d format. */
643 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16D
, 2, 16, 0x3e007ff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
644 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
646 /* Bits 16-31 (HA) relative to _SDA_BASE split16a format. */
647 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16A
, 2, 16, 0x1f07ff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
648 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
650 /* Bits 16-31 (HA) relative to _SDA_BASE split16d format. */
651 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16D
, 2, 16, 0x3e007ff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
652 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
654 /* e_li split20 format. */
655 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_ADDR20
, 2, 20, 0x1f7fff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
656 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
658 HOW (R_PPC_IRELATIVE
, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
659 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
661 /* A 16 bit relative relocation. */
662 HOW (R_PPC_REL16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, TRUE
, signed,
663 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
665 /* A 16 bit relative relocation without overflow. */
666 HOW (R_PPC_REL16_LO
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, TRUE
, dont
,
667 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
669 /* The high order 16 bits of a relative address. */
670 HOW (R_PPC_REL16_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, TRUE
, dont
,
671 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
673 /* The high order 16 bits of a relative address, plus 1 if the contents of
674 the low 16 bits, treated as a signed number, is negative. */
675 HOW (R_PPC_REL16_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, TRUE
, dont
,
676 ppc_elf_addr16_ha_reloc
),
678 /* Like R_PPC_REL16_HA but for split field in addpcis. */
679 HOW (R_PPC_REL16DX_HA
, 2, 16, 0x1fffc1, 16, TRUE
, signed,
680 ppc_elf_addr16_ha_reloc
),
682 /* A split-field reloc for addpcis, non-relative (gas internal use only). */
683 HOW (R_PPC_16DX_HA
, 2, 16, 0x1fffc1, 16, FALSE
, signed,
684 ppc_elf_addr16_ha_reloc
),
686 /* GNU extension to record C++ vtable hierarchy. */
687 HOW (R_PPC_GNU_VTINHERIT
, 0, 0, 0, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
690 /* GNU extension to record C++ vtable member usage. */
691 HOW (R_PPC_GNU_VTENTRY
, 0, 0, 0, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
694 /* Phony reloc to handle AIX style TOC entries. */
695 HOW (R_PPC_TOC16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, signed,
696 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
699 /* Initialize the ppc_elf_howto_table, so that linear accesses can be done. */
702 ppc_elf_howto_init (void)
704 unsigned int i
, type
;
707 i
< sizeof (ppc_elf_howto_raw
) / sizeof (ppc_elf_howto_raw
[0]);
710 type
= ppc_elf_howto_raw
[i
].type
;
711 if (type
>= (sizeof (ppc_elf_howto_table
)
712 / sizeof (ppc_elf_howto_table
[0])))
714 ppc_elf_howto_table
[type
] = &ppc_elf_howto_raw
[i
];
718 static reloc_howto_type
*
719 ppc_elf_reloc_type_lookup (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
720 bfd_reloc_code_real_type code
)
722 enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r
;
724 /* Initialize howto table if not already done. */
725 if (!ppc_elf_howto_table
[R_PPC_ADDR32
])
726 ppc_elf_howto_init ();
733 case BFD_RELOC_NONE
: r
= R_PPC_NONE
; break;
734 case BFD_RELOC_32
: r
= R_PPC_ADDR32
; break;
735 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_BA26
: r
= R_PPC_ADDR24
; break;
736 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_ADDR16_DS
:
737 case BFD_RELOC_16
: r
= R_PPC_ADDR16
; break;
738 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_ADDR16_LO_DS
:
739 case BFD_RELOC_LO16
: r
= R_PPC_ADDR16_LO
; break;
740 case BFD_RELOC_HI16
: r
= R_PPC_ADDR16_HI
; break;
741 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_S
: r
= R_PPC_ADDR16_HA
; break;
742 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_BA16
: r
= R_PPC_ADDR14
; break;
743 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_BA16_BRTAKEN
: r
= R_PPC_ADDR14_BRTAKEN
; break;
744 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_BA16_BRNTAKEN
: r
= R_PPC_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN
; break;
745 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_B26
: r
= R_PPC_REL24
; break;
746 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_B16
: r
= R_PPC_REL14
; break;
747 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_B16_BRTAKEN
: r
= R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN
; break;
748 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_B16_BRNTAKEN
: r
= R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN
; break;
749 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_GOT16_DS
:
750 case BFD_RELOC_16_GOTOFF
: r
= R_PPC_GOT16
; break;
751 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_GOT16_LO_DS
:
752 case BFD_RELOC_LO16_GOTOFF
: r
= R_PPC_GOT16_LO
; break;
753 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_GOTOFF
: r
= R_PPC_GOT16_HI
; break;
754 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_S_GOTOFF
: r
= R_PPC_GOT16_HA
; break;
755 case BFD_RELOC_24_PLT_PCREL
: r
= R_PPC_PLTREL24
; break;
756 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_COPY
: r
= R_PPC_COPY
; break;
757 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GLOB_DAT
: r
= R_PPC_GLOB_DAT
; break;
758 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_LOCAL24PC
: r
= R_PPC_LOCAL24PC
; break;
759 case BFD_RELOC_32_PCREL
: r
= R_PPC_REL32
; break;
760 case BFD_RELOC_32_PLTOFF
: r
= R_PPC_PLT32
; break;
761 case BFD_RELOC_32_PLT_PCREL
: r
= R_PPC_PLTREL32
; break;
762 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_PLT16_LO_DS
:
763 case BFD_RELOC_LO16_PLTOFF
: r
= R_PPC_PLT16_LO
; break;
764 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_PLTOFF
: r
= R_PPC_PLT16_HI
; break;
765 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_S_PLTOFF
: r
= R_PPC_PLT16_HA
; break;
766 case BFD_RELOC_GPREL16
: r
= R_PPC_SDAREL16
; break;
767 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_SECTOFF_DS
:
768 case BFD_RELOC_16_BASEREL
: r
= R_PPC_SECTOFF
; break;
769 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_SECTOFF_LO_DS
:
770 case BFD_RELOC_LO16_BASEREL
: r
= R_PPC_SECTOFF_LO
; break;
771 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_BASEREL
: r
= R_PPC_SECTOFF_HI
; break;
772 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_S_BASEREL
: r
= R_PPC_SECTOFF_HA
; break;
773 case BFD_RELOC_CTOR
: r
= R_PPC_ADDR32
; break;
774 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TOC16_DS
:
775 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TOC16
: r
= R_PPC_TOC16
; break;
776 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TLS
: r
= R_PPC_TLS
; break;
777 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TLSGD
: r
= R_PPC_TLSGD
; break;
778 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TLSLD
: r
= R_PPC_TLSLD
; break;
779 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_DTPMOD
: r
= R_PPC_DTPMOD32
; break;
780 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TPREL16_DS
:
781 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TPREL16
: r
= R_PPC_TPREL16
; break;
782 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TPREL16_LO_DS
:
783 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TPREL16_LO
: r
= R_PPC_TPREL16_LO
; break;
784 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TPREL16_HI
: r
= R_PPC_TPREL16_HI
; break;
785 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TPREL16_HA
: r
= R_PPC_TPREL16_HA
; break;
786 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TPREL
: r
= R_PPC_TPREL32
; break;
787 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_DTPREL16_DS
:
788 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_DTPREL16
: r
= R_PPC_DTPREL16
; break;
789 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_DTPREL16_LO_DS
:
790 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_DTPREL16_LO
: r
= R_PPC_DTPREL16_LO
; break;
791 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_DTPREL16_HI
: r
= R_PPC_DTPREL16_HI
; break;
792 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_DTPREL16_HA
: r
= R_PPC_DTPREL16_HA
; break;
793 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_DTPREL
: r
= R_PPC_DTPREL32
; break;
794 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16
: r
= R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16
; break;
795 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO
: r
= R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO
; break;
796 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HI
: r
= R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HI
; break;
797 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA
: r
= R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA
; break;
798 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16
: r
= R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16
; break;
799 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO
: r
= R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO
; break;
800 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI
: r
= R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI
; break;
801 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA
: r
= R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA
; break;
802 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TPREL16
: r
= R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16
; break;
803 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO
: r
= R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO
; break;
804 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HI
: r
= R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HI
; break;
805 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HA
: r
= R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HA
; break;
806 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16
: r
= R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16
; break;
807 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_LO
: r
= R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_LO
; break;
808 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HI
: r
= R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HI
; break;
809 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HA
: r
= R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HA
; break;
810 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_NADDR32
: r
= R_PPC_EMB_NADDR32
; break;
811 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_NADDR16
: r
= R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16
; break;
812 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_LO
: r
= R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_LO
; break;
813 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HI
: r
= R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HI
; break;
814 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HA
: r
= R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HA
; break;
815 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_SDAI16
: r
= R_PPC_EMB_SDAI16
; break;
816 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_SDA2I16
: r
= R_PPC_EMB_SDA2I16
; break;
817 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_SDA2REL
: r
= R_PPC_EMB_SDA2REL
; break;
818 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_SDA21
: r
= R_PPC_EMB_SDA21
; break;
819 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_MRKREF
: r
= R_PPC_EMB_MRKREF
; break;
820 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_RELSEC16
: r
= R_PPC_EMB_RELSEC16
; break;
821 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_RELST_LO
: r
= R_PPC_EMB_RELST_LO
; break;
822 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_RELST_HI
: r
= R_PPC_EMB_RELST_HI
; break;
823 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_RELST_HA
: r
= R_PPC_EMB_RELST_HA
; break;
824 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_BIT_FLD
: r
= R_PPC_EMB_BIT_FLD
; break;
825 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_RELSDA
: r
= R_PPC_EMB_RELSDA
; break;
826 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_REL8
: r
= R_PPC_VLE_REL8
; break;
827 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_REL15
: r
= R_PPC_VLE_REL15
; break;
828 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_REL24
: r
= R_PPC_VLE_REL24
; break;
829 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_LO16A
: r
= R_PPC_VLE_LO16A
; break;
830 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_LO16D
: r
= R_PPC_VLE_LO16D
; break;
831 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_HI16A
: r
= R_PPC_VLE_HI16A
; break;
832 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_HI16D
: r
= R_PPC_VLE_HI16D
; break;
833 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_HA16A
: r
= R_PPC_VLE_HA16A
; break;
834 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_HA16D
: r
= R_PPC_VLE_HA16D
; break;
835 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_SDA21
: r
= R_PPC_VLE_SDA21
; break;
836 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_SDA21_LO
: r
= R_PPC_VLE_SDA21_LO
; break;
837 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16A
:
838 r
= R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16A
;
840 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16D
:
841 r
= R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16D
;
843 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16A
:
844 r
= R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16A
;
846 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16D
:
847 r
= R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16D
;
849 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16A
:
850 r
= R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16A
;
852 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16D
:
853 r
= R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16D
;
855 case BFD_RELOC_16_PCREL
: r
= R_PPC_REL16
; break;
856 case BFD_RELOC_LO16_PCREL
: r
= R_PPC_REL16_LO
; break;
857 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_PCREL
: r
= R_PPC_REL16_HI
; break;
858 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_S_PCREL
: r
= R_PPC_REL16_HA
; break;
859 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_16DX_HA
: r
= R_PPC_16DX_HA
; break;
860 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_REL16DX_HA
: r
= R_PPC_REL16DX_HA
; break;
861 case BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_INHERIT
: r
= R_PPC_GNU_VTINHERIT
; break;
862 case BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_ENTRY
: r
= R_PPC_GNU_VTENTRY
; break;
865 return ppc_elf_howto_table
[r
];
868 static reloc_howto_type
*
869 ppc_elf_reloc_name_lookup (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
875 i
< sizeof (ppc_elf_howto_raw
) / sizeof (ppc_elf_howto_raw
[0]);
877 if (ppc_elf_howto_raw
[i
].name
!= NULL
878 && strcasecmp (ppc_elf_howto_raw
[i
].name
, r_name
) == 0)
879 return &ppc_elf_howto_raw
[i
];
884 /* Set the howto pointer for a PowerPC ELF reloc. */
887 ppc_elf_info_to_howto (bfd
*abfd
,
889 Elf_Internal_Rela
*dst
)
893 /* Initialize howto table if not already done. */
894 if (!ppc_elf_howto_table
[R_PPC_ADDR32
])
895 ppc_elf_howto_init ();
897 r_type
= ELF32_R_TYPE (dst
->r_info
);
898 if (r_type
>= R_PPC_max
)
900 /* xgettext:c-format */
901 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: unsupported relocation type %#x"),
903 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
907 cache_ptr
->howto
= ppc_elf_howto_table
[r_type
];
909 /* Just because the above assert didn't trigger doesn't mean that
910 ELF32_R_TYPE (dst->r_info) is necessarily a valid relocation. */
911 if (cache_ptr
->howto
== NULL
)
913 /* xgettext:c-format */
914 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: unsupported relocation type %#x"),
916 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
924 /* Handle the R_PPC_ADDR16_HA and R_PPC_REL16_HA relocs. */
926 static bfd_reloc_status_type
927 ppc_elf_addr16_ha_reloc (bfd
*abfd
,
928 arelent
*reloc_entry
,
931 asection
*input_section
,
933 char **error_message ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
935 enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type
;
937 bfd_size_type octets
;
940 if (output_bfd
!= NULL
)
942 reloc_entry
->address
+= input_section
->output_offset
;
946 reloc_entry
->addend
+= 0x8000;
947 r_type
= reloc_entry
->howto
->type
;
948 if (r_type
!= R_PPC_REL16DX_HA
)
949 return bfd_reloc_continue
;
952 if (!bfd_is_com_section (symbol
->section
))
953 value
= symbol
->value
;
954 value
+= (reloc_entry
->addend
955 + symbol
->section
->output_offset
956 + symbol
->section
->output_section
->vma
);
957 value
-= (reloc_entry
->address
958 + input_section
->output_offset
959 + input_section
->output_section
->vma
);
962 octets
= reloc_entry
->address
* OCTETS_PER_BYTE (abfd
, input_section
);
963 insn
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) data
+ octets
);
965 insn
|= (value
& 0xffc1) | ((value
& 0x3e) << 15);
966 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, insn
, (bfd_byte
*) data
+ octets
);
970 static bfd_reloc_status_type
971 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc (bfd
*abfd
,
972 arelent
*reloc_entry
,
975 asection
*input_section
,
977 char **error_message
)
979 /* If this is a relocatable link (output_bfd test tells us), just
980 call the generic function. Any adjustment will be done at final
982 if (output_bfd
!= NULL
)
983 return bfd_elf_generic_reloc (abfd
, reloc_entry
, symbol
, data
,
984 input_section
, output_bfd
, error_message
);
986 if (error_message
!= NULL
)
989 sprintf (buf
, _("generic linker can't handle %s"),
990 reloc_entry
->howto
->name
);
991 *error_message
= buf
;
993 return bfd_reloc_dangerous
;
996 /* Sections created by the linker. */
998 typedef struct elf_linker_section
1000 /* Pointer to the bfd section. */
1004 /* Associated bss section name. */
1005 const char *bss_name
;
1006 /* Associated symbol name. */
1007 const char *sym_name
;
1008 /* Associated symbol. */
1009 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*sym
;
1010 } elf_linker_section_t
;
1012 /* Linked list of allocated pointer entries. This hangs off of the
1013 symbol lists, and provides allows us to return different pointers,
1014 based on different addend's. */
1016 typedef struct elf_linker_section_pointers
1018 /* next allocated pointer for this symbol */
1019 struct elf_linker_section_pointers
*next
;
1020 /* offset of pointer from beginning of section */
1024 /* which linker section this is */
1025 elf_linker_section_t
*lsect
;
1026 } elf_linker_section_pointers_t
;
1028 struct ppc_elf_obj_tdata
1030 struct elf_obj_tdata elf
;
1032 /* A mapping from local symbols to offsets into the various linker
1033 sections added. This is index by the symbol index. */
1034 elf_linker_section_pointers_t
**linker_section_pointers
;
1036 /* Flags used to auto-detect plt type. */
1037 unsigned int makes_plt_call
: 1;
1038 unsigned int has_rel16
: 1;
1041 #define ppc_elf_tdata(bfd) \
1042 ((struct ppc_elf_obj_tdata *) (bfd)->tdata.any)
1044 #define elf_local_ptr_offsets(bfd) \
1045 (ppc_elf_tdata (bfd)->linker_section_pointers)
1047 #define is_ppc_elf(bfd) \
1048 (bfd_get_flavour (bfd) == bfd_target_elf_flavour \
1049 && elf_object_id (bfd) == PPC32_ELF_DATA)
1051 /* Override the generic function because we store some extras. */
1054 ppc_elf_mkobject (bfd
*abfd
)
1056 return bfd_elf_allocate_object (abfd
, sizeof (struct ppc_elf_obj_tdata
),
1060 /* When defaulting arch/mach, decode apuinfo to find a better match. */
1063 _bfd_elf_ppc_set_arch (bfd
*abfd
)
1065 unsigned long mach
= 0;
1067 unsigned char *contents
;
1069 if (abfd
->arch_info
->bits_per_word
== 32
1070 && bfd_big_endian (abfd
))
1073 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
1074 if ((elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_flags
& SHF_PPC_VLE
) != 0)
1077 mach
= bfd_mach_ppc_vle
;
1082 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, APUINFO_SECTION_NAME
);
1085 && bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd
, s
, &contents
))
1087 unsigned int apuinfo_size
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, contents
+ 4);
1090 for (i
= 20; i
< apuinfo_size
+ 20 && i
+ 4 <= s
->size
; i
+= 4)
1092 unsigned int val
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, contents
+ i
);
1095 case PPC_APUINFO_PMR
:
1096 case PPC_APUINFO_RFMCI
:
1098 mach
= bfd_mach_ppc_titan
;
1101 case PPC_APUINFO_ISEL
:
1102 case PPC_APUINFO_CACHELCK
:
1103 if (mach
== bfd_mach_ppc_titan
)
1104 mach
= bfd_mach_ppc_e500mc
;
1107 case PPC_APUINFO_SPE
:
1108 case PPC_APUINFO_EFS
:
1109 case PPC_APUINFO_BRLOCK
:
1110 if (mach
!= bfd_mach_ppc_vle
)
1111 mach
= bfd_mach_ppc_e500
;
1114 case PPC_APUINFO_VLE
:
1115 mach
= bfd_mach_ppc_vle
;
1126 if (mach
!= 0 && mach
!= -1ul)
1128 const bfd_arch_info_type
*arch
;
1130 for (arch
= abfd
->arch_info
->next
; arch
; arch
= arch
->next
)
1131 if (arch
->mach
== mach
)
1133 abfd
->arch_info
= arch
;
1140 /* Fix bad default arch selected for a 32 bit input bfd when the
1141 default is 64 bit. Also select arch based on apuinfo. */
1144 ppc_elf_object_p (bfd
*abfd
)
1146 if (!abfd
->arch_info
->the_default
)
1149 if (abfd
->arch_info
->bits_per_word
== 64)
1151 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*i_ehdr
= elf_elfheader (abfd
);
1153 if (i_ehdr
->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
] == ELFCLASS32
)
1155 /* Relies on arch after 64 bit default being 32 bit default. */
1156 abfd
->arch_info
= abfd
->arch_info
->next
;
1157 BFD_ASSERT (abfd
->arch_info
->bits_per_word
== 32);
1160 return _bfd_elf_ppc_set_arch (abfd
);
1163 /* Function to set whether a module needs the -mrelocatable bit set. */
1166 ppc_elf_set_private_flags (bfd
*abfd
, flagword flags
)
1168 BFD_ASSERT (!elf_flags_init (abfd
)
1169 || elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
== flags
);
1171 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
= flags
;
1172 elf_flags_init (abfd
) = TRUE
;
1176 /* Support for core dump NOTE sections. */
1179 ppc_elf_grok_prstatus (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
1184 switch (note
->descsz
)
1189 case 268: /* Linux/PPC. */
1191 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
= bfd_get_16 (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 12);
1194 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 24);
1203 /* Make a ".reg/999" section. */
1204 return _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg",
1205 size
, note
->descpos
+ offset
);
1209 ppc_elf_grok_psinfo (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
1211 switch (note
->descsz
)
1216 case 128: /* Linux/PPC elf_prpsinfo. */
1217 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
1218 = bfd_get_32 (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 16);
1219 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->program
1220 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 32, 16);
1221 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->command
1222 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 48, 80);
1225 /* Note that for some reason, a spurious space is tacked
1226 onto the end of the args in some (at least one anyway)
1227 implementations, so strip it off if it exists. */
1230 char *command
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->command
;
1231 int n
= strlen (command
);
1233 if (0 < n
&& command
[n
- 1] == ' ')
1234 command
[n
- 1] = '\0';
1241 ppc_elf_write_core_note (bfd
*abfd
, char *buf
, int *bufsiz
, int note_type
, ...)
1250 char data
[128] ATTRIBUTE_NONSTRING
;
1253 va_start (ap
, note_type
);
1254 memset (data
, 0, sizeof (data
));
1255 strncpy (data
+ 32, va_arg (ap
, const char *), 16);
1256 #if GCC_VERSION == 8000 || GCC_VERSION == 8001
1258 /* GCC 8.0 and 8.1 warn about 80 equals destination size with
1259 -Wstringop-truncation:
1260 https://gcc.gnu.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=85643
1262 DIAGNOSTIC_IGNORE_STRINGOP_TRUNCATION
;
1264 strncpy (data
+ 48, va_arg (ap
, const char *), 80);
1265 #if GCC_VERSION == 8000 || GCC_VERSION == 8001
1269 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
1270 "CORE", note_type
, data
, sizeof (data
));
1281 va_start (ap
, note_type
);
1282 memset (data
, 0, 72);
1283 pid
= va_arg (ap
, long);
1284 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, pid
, data
+ 24);
1285 cursig
= va_arg (ap
, int);
1286 bfd_put_16 (abfd
, cursig
, data
+ 12);
1287 greg
= va_arg (ap
, const void *);
1288 memcpy (data
+ 72, greg
, 192);
1289 memset (data
+ 264, 0, 4);
1291 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
1292 "CORE", note_type
, data
, sizeof (data
));
1298 ppc_elf_lookup_section_flags (char *flag_name
)
1301 if (!strcmp (flag_name
, "SHF_PPC_VLE"))
1307 /* Return address for Ith PLT stub in section PLT, for relocation REL
1308 or (bfd_vma) -1 if it should not be included. */
1311 ppc_elf_plt_sym_val (bfd_vma i ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
1312 const asection
*plt ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
1315 return rel
->address
;
1318 /* Handle a PowerPC specific section when reading an object file. This
1319 is called when bfd_section_from_shdr finds a section with an unknown
1323 ppc_elf_section_from_shdr (bfd
*abfd
,
1324 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
,
1331 if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
))
1334 newsect
= hdr
->bfd_section
;
1335 flags
= bfd_section_flags (newsect
);
1336 if (hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_EXCLUDE
)
1337 flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
1339 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_ORDERED
)
1340 flags
|= SEC_SORT_ENTRIES
;
1342 bfd_set_section_flags (newsect
, flags
);
1346 /* Set up any other section flags and such that may be necessary. */
1349 ppc_elf_fake_sections (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
1350 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shdr
,
1353 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_SORT_ENTRIES
) != 0)
1354 shdr
->sh_type
= SHT_ORDERED
;
1359 /* If we have .sbss2 or .PPC.EMB.sbss0 output sections, we
1360 need to bump up the number of section headers. */
1363 ppc_elf_additional_program_headers (bfd
*abfd
,
1364 struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
1369 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".sbss2");
1370 if (s
!= NULL
&& (s
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
1373 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".PPC.EMB.sbss0");
1374 if (s
!= NULL
&& (s
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
1380 /* Modify the segment map for VLE executables. */
1383 ppc_elf_modify_segment_map (bfd
*abfd
,
1384 struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
1386 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
1388 /* At this point in the link, output sections have already been sorted by
1389 LMA and assigned to segments. All that is left to do is to ensure
1390 there is no mixing of VLE & non-VLE sections in a text segment.
1391 If we find that case, we split the segment.
1392 We maintain the original output section order. */
1394 for (m
= elf_seg_map (abfd
); m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
1396 struct elf_segment_map
*n
;
1399 unsigned int p_flags
;
1401 if (m
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
|| m
->count
== 0)
1404 for (p_flags
= PF_R
, j
= 0; j
!= m
->count
; ++j
)
1406 if ((m
->sections
[j
]->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) == 0)
1408 if ((m
->sections
[j
]->flags
& SEC_CODE
) != 0)
1411 if ((elf_section_flags (m
->sections
[j
]) & SHF_PPC_VLE
) != 0)
1412 p_flags
|= PF_PPC_VLE
;
1417 while (++j
!= m
->count
)
1419 unsigned int p_flags1
= PF_R
;
1421 if ((m
->sections
[j
]->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) == 0)
1423 if ((m
->sections
[j
]->flags
& SEC_CODE
) != 0)
1426 if ((elf_section_flags (m
->sections
[j
]) & SHF_PPC_VLE
) != 0)
1427 p_flags1
|= PF_PPC_VLE
;
1428 if (((p_flags1
^ p_flags
) & PF_PPC_VLE
) != 0)
1431 p_flags
|= p_flags1
;
1433 /* If we're splitting a segment which originally contained rw
1434 sections then those sections might now only be in one of the
1435 two parts. So always set p_flags if splitting, even if we
1436 are being called for objcopy with p_flags_valid set. */
1437 if (j
!= m
->count
|| !m
->p_flags_valid
)
1439 m
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
1440 m
->p_flags
= p_flags
;
1445 /* Sections 0..j-1 stay in this (current) segment,
1446 the remainder are put in a new segment.
1447 The scan resumes with the new segment. */
1449 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
1450 amt
+= (m
->count
- j
- 1) * sizeof (asection
*);
1451 n
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
1455 n
->p_type
= PT_LOAD
;
1456 n
->count
= m
->count
- j
;
1457 for (k
= 0; k
< n
->count
; ++k
)
1458 n
->sections
[k
] = m
->sections
[j
+ k
];
1460 m
->p_size_valid
= 0;
1468 /* Add extra PPC sections -- Note, for now, make .sbss2 and
1469 .PPC.EMB.sbss0 a normal section, and not a bss section so
1470 that the linker doesn't crater when trying to make more than
1473 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section ppc_elf_special_sections
[] =
1475 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".plt"), 0, SHT_NOBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_EXECINSTR
},
1476 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".sbss"), -2, SHT_NOBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
1477 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".sbss2"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
},
1478 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".sdata"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
1479 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".sdata2"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
},
1480 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".tags"), 0, SHT_ORDERED
, SHF_ALLOC
},
1481 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (APUINFO_SECTION_NAME
), 0, SHT_NOTE
, 0 },
1482 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".PPC.EMB.sbss0"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
},
1483 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".PPC.EMB.sdata0"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
},
1484 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
1487 /* This is what we want for new plt/got. */
1488 static struct bfd_elf_special_section ppc_alt_plt
=
1489 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".plt"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
};
1491 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section
*
1492 ppc_elf_get_sec_type_attr (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
)
1494 const struct bfd_elf_special_section
*ssect
;
1496 /* See if this is one of the special sections. */
1497 if (sec
->name
== NULL
)
1500 ssect
= _bfd_elf_get_special_section (sec
->name
, ppc_elf_special_sections
,
1504 if (ssect
== ppc_elf_special_sections
&& (sec
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
1505 ssect
= &ppc_alt_plt
;
1509 return _bfd_elf_get_sec_type_attr (abfd
, sec
);
1512 /* Very simple linked list structure for recording apuinfo values. */
1513 typedef struct apuinfo_list
1515 struct apuinfo_list
*next
;
1516 unsigned long value
;
1520 static apuinfo_list
*head
;
1521 static bfd_boolean apuinfo_set
;
1524 apuinfo_list_init (void)
1527 apuinfo_set
= FALSE
;
1531 apuinfo_list_add (unsigned long value
)
1533 apuinfo_list
*entry
= head
;
1535 while (entry
!= NULL
)
1537 if (entry
->value
== value
)
1539 entry
= entry
->next
;
1542 entry
= bfd_malloc (sizeof (* entry
));
1546 entry
->value
= value
;
1552 apuinfo_list_length (void)
1554 apuinfo_list
*entry
;
1555 unsigned long count
;
1557 for (entry
= head
, count
= 0;
1559 entry
= entry
->next
)
1565 static inline unsigned long
1566 apuinfo_list_element (unsigned long number
)
1568 apuinfo_list
* entry
;
1572 entry
= entry
->next
)
1575 return entry
? entry
->value
: 0;
1579 apuinfo_list_finish (void)
1581 apuinfo_list
*entry
;
1583 for (entry
= head
; entry
;)
1585 apuinfo_list
*next
= entry
->next
;
1593 /* Scan the input BFDs and create a linked list of
1594 the APUinfo values that will need to be emitted. */
1597 ppc_elf_begin_write_processing (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
1601 char *buffer
= NULL
;
1602 bfd_size_type largest_input_size
= 0;
1604 unsigned long length
;
1605 const char *error_message
= NULL
;
1607 if (link_info
== NULL
)
1610 apuinfo_list_init ();
1612 /* Read in the input sections contents. */
1613 for (ibfd
= link_info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
1615 unsigned long datum
;
1617 asec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (ibfd
, APUINFO_SECTION_NAME
);
1621 /* xgettext:c-format */
1622 error_message
= _("corrupt %s section in %pB");
1623 length
= asec
->size
;
1628 if (largest_input_size
< asec
->size
)
1632 largest_input_size
= asec
->size
;
1633 buffer
= bfd_malloc (largest_input_size
);
1638 if (bfd_seek (ibfd
, asec
->filepos
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
1639 || (bfd_bread (buffer
, length
, ibfd
) != length
))
1641 /* xgettext:c-format */
1642 error_message
= _("unable to read in %s section from %pB");
1646 /* Verify the contents of the header. Note - we have to
1647 extract the values this way in order to allow for a
1648 host whose endian-ness is different from the target. */
1649 datum
= bfd_get_32 (ibfd
, buffer
);
1650 if (datum
!= sizeof APUINFO_LABEL
)
1653 datum
= bfd_get_32 (ibfd
, buffer
+ 8);
1657 if (strcmp (buffer
+ 12, APUINFO_LABEL
) != 0)
1660 /* Get the number of bytes used for apuinfo entries. */
1661 datum
= bfd_get_32 (ibfd
, buffer
+ 4);
1662 if (datum
+ 20 != length
)
1665 /* Scan the apuinfo section, building a list of apuinfo numbers. */
1666 for (i
= 0; i
< datum
; i
+= 4)
1667 apuinfo_list_add (bfd_get_32 (ibfd
, buffer
+ 20 + i
));
1670 error_message
= NULL
;
1674 /* Compute the size of the output section. */
1675 unsigned num_entries
= apuinfo_list_length ();
1677 /* Set the output section size, if it exists. */
1678 asec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, APUINFO_SECTION_NAME
);
1680 if (asec
&& !bfd_set_section_size (asec
, 20 + num_entries
* 4))
1683 /* xgettext:c-format */
1684 error_message
= _("warning: unable to set size of %s section in %pB");
1693 _bfd_error_handler (error_message
, APUINFO_SECTION_NAME
, ibfd
);
1696 /* Prevent the output section from accumulating the input sections'
1697 contents. We have already stored this in our linked list structure. */
1700 ppc_elf_write_section (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
1701 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
1703 bfd_byte
*contents ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
1705 return apuinfo_set
&& strcmp (asec
->name
, APUINFO_SECTION_NAME
) == 0;
1708 /* Finally we can generate the output section. */
1711 ppc_final_write_processing (bfd
*abfd
)
1716 unsigned num_entries
;
1717 bfd_size_type length
;
1719 asec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, APUINFO_SECTION_NAME
);
1726 length
= asec
->size
;
1730 buffer
= bfd_malloc (length
);
1734 (_("failed to allocate space for new APUinfo section"));
1738 /* Create the apuinfo header. */
1739 num_entries
= apuinfo_list_length ();
1740 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, sizeof APUINFO_LABEL
, buffer
);
1741 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, num_entries
* 4, buffer
+ 4);
1742 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, 0x2, buffer
+ 8);
1743 strcpy ((char *) buffer
+ 12, APUINFO_LABEL
);
1746 for (i
= 0; i
< num_entries
; i
++)
1748 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, apuinfo_list_element (i
), buffer
+ length
);
1752 if (length
!= asec
->size
)
1753 _bfd_error_handler (_("failed to compute new APUinfo section"));
1755 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd
, asec
, buffer
, (file_ptr
) 0, length
))
1756 _bfd_error_handler (_("failed to install new APUinfo section"));
1760 apuinfo_list_finish ();
1764 ppc_elf_final_write_processing (bfd
*abfd
)
1766 ppc_final_write_processing (abfd
);
1767 return _bfd_elf_final_write_processing (abfd
);
1771 is_nonpic_glink_stub (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*glink
, bfd_vma off
)
1773 bfd_byte buf
[4 * 4];
1775 if (!bfd_get_section_contents (abfd
, glink
, buf
, off
, sizeof buf
))
1778 return ((bfd_get_32 (abfd
, buf
+ 0) & 0xffff0000) == LIS_11
1779 && (bfd_get_32 (abfd
, buf
+ 4) & 0xffff0000) == LWZ_11_11
1780 && bfd_get_32 (abfd
, buf
+ 8) == MTCTR_11
1781 && bfd_get_32 (abfd
, buf
+ 12) == BCTR
);
1785 section_covers_vma (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, asection
*section
, void *ptr
)
1787 bfd_vma vma
= *(bfd_vma
*) ptr
;
1788 return ((section
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0
1789 && section
->vma
<= vma
1790 && vma
< section
->vma
+ section
->size
);
1794 ppc_elf_get_synthetic_symtab (bfd
*abfd
, long symcount
, asymbol
**syms
,
1795 long dynsymcount
, asymbol
**dynsyms
,
1798 bfd_boolean (*slurp_relocs
) (bfd
*, asection
*, asymbol
**, bfd_boolean
);
1799 asection
*plt
, *relplt
, *dynamic
, *glink
;
1800 bfd_vma glink_vma
= 0;
1801 bfd_vma resolv_vma
= 0;
1805 size_t count
, i
, stub_delta
;
1812 if ((abfd
->flags
& (DYNAMIC
| EXEC_P
)) == 0)
1815 if (dynsymcount
<= 0)
1818 relplt
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".rela.plt");
1822 plt
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".plt");
1826 /* Call common code to handle old-style executable PLTs. */
1827 if (elf_section_flags (plt
) & SHF_EXECINSTR
)
1828 return _bfd_elf_get_synthetic_symtab (abfd
, symcount
, syms
,
1829 dynsymcount
, dynsyms
, ret
);
1831 /* If this object was prelinked, the prelinker stored the address
1832 of .glink at got[1]. If it wasn't prelinked, got[1] will be zero. */
1833 dynamic
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic");
1834 if (dynamic
!= NULL
)
1836 bfd_byte
*dynbuf
, *extdyn
, *extdynend
;
1838 void (*swap_dyn_in
) (bfd
*, const void *, Elf_Internal_Dyn
*);
1840 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd
, dynamic
, &dynbuf
))
1843 extdynsize
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->sizeof_dyn
;
1844 swap_dyn_in
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->swap_dyn_in
;
1847 extdynend
= extdyn
+ dynamic
->size
;
1848 for (; extdyn
< extdynend
; extdyn
+= extdynsize
)
1850 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
1851 (*swap_dyn_in
) (abfd
, extdyn
, &dyn
);
1853 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_NULL
)
1856 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_PPC_GOT
)
1858 unsigned int g_o_t
= dyn
.d_un
.d_val
;
1859 asection
*got
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".got");
1861 && bfd_get_section_contents (abfd
, got
, buf
,
1862 g_o_t
- got
->vma
+ 4, 4))
1863 glink_vma
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, buf
);
1870 /* Otherwise we read the first plt entry. */
1873 if (bfd_get_section_contents (abfd
, plt
, buf
, 0, 4))
1874 glink_vma
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, buf
);
1880 /* The .glink section usually does not survive the final
1881 link; search for the section (usually .text) where the
1882 glink stubs now reside. */
1883 glink
= bfd_sections_find_if (abfd
, section_covers_vma
, &glink_vma
);
1887 /* Determine glink PLT resolver by reading the relative branch
1888 from the first glink stub. */
1889 if (bfd_get_section_contents (abfd
, glink
, buf
,
1890 glink_vma
- glink
->vma
, 4))
1892 unsigned int insn
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, buf
);
1894 /* The first glink stub may either branch to the resolver ... */
1896 if ((insn
& ~0x3fffffc) == 0)
1897 resolv_vma
= glink_vma
+ (insn
^ 0x2000000) - 0x2000000;
1899 /* ... or fall through a bunch of NOPs. */
1900 else if ((insn
^ B
^ NOP
) == 0)
1902 bfd_get_section_contents (abfd
, glink
, buf
,
1903 glink_vma
- glink
->vma
+ i
, 4);
1905 if (bfd_get_32 (abfd
, buf
) != NOP
)
1907 resolv_vma
= glink_vma
+ i
;
1912 count
= relplt
->size
/ sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
1913 /* If the stubs are those for -shared/-pie then we might have
1914 multiple stubs for each plt entry. If that is the case then
1915 there is no way to associate stubs with their plt entries short
1916 of figuring out the GOT pointer value used in the stub.
1917 The offsets tested here need to cover all possible values of
1918 GLINK_ENTRY_SIZE for other than __tls_get_addr_opt. */
1919 stub_off
= glink_vma
- glink
->vma
;
1920 for (stub_delta
= 16; stub_delta
<= 32; stub_delta
+= 8)
1921 if (is_nonpic_glink_stub (abfd
, glink
, stub_off
- stub_delta
))
1923 if (stub_delta
> 32)
1926 slurp_relocs
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->slurp_reloc_table
;
1927 if (! (*slurp_relocs
) (abfd
, relplt
, dynsyms
, TRUE
))
1930 size
= count
* sizeof (asymbol
);
1931 p
= relplt
->relocation
;
1932 for (i
= 0; i
< count
; i
++, p
++)
1934 size
+= strlen ((*p
->sym_ptr_ptr
)->name
) + sizeof ("@plt");
1936 size
+= sizeof ("+0x") - 1 + 8;
1939 size
+= sizeof (asymbol
) + sizeof ("__glink");
1942 size
+= sizeof (asymbol
) + sizeof ("__glink_PLTresolve");
1944 s
= *ret
= bfd_malloc (size
);
1948 stub_off
= glink_vma
- glink
->vma
;
1949 names
= (char *) (s
+ count
+ 1 + (resolv_vma
!= 0));
1950 p
= relplt
->relocation
+ count
- 1;
1951 for (i
= 0; i
< count
; i
++)
1955 stub_off
-= stub_delta
;
1956 if (strcmp ((*p
->sym_ptr_ptr
)->name
, "__tls_get_addr_opt") == 0)
1958 *s
= **p
->sym_ptr_ptr
;
1959 /* Undefined syms won't have BSF_LOCAL or BSF_GLOBAL set. Since
1960 we are defining a symbol, ensure one of them is set. */
1961 if ((s
->flags
& BSF_LOCAL
) == 0)
1962 s
->flags
|= BSF_GLOBAL
;
1963 s
->flags
|= BSF_SYNTHETIC
;
1965 s
->value
= stub_off
;
1968 len
= strlen ((*p
->sym_ptr_ptr
)->name
);
1969 memcpy (names
, (*p
->sym_ptr_ptr
)->name
, len
);
1973 memcpy (names
, "+0x", sizeof ("+0x") - 1);
1974 names
+= sizeof ("+0x") - 1;
1975 bfd_sprintf_vma (abfd
, names
, p
->addend
);
1976 names
+= strlen (names
);
1978 memcpy (names
, "@plt", sizeof ("@plt"));
1979 names
+= sizeof ("@plt");
1984 /* Add a symbol at the start of the glink branch table. */
1985 memset (s
, 0, sizeof *s
);
1987 s
->flags
= BSF_GLOBAL
| BSF_SYNTHETIC
;
1989 s
->value
= glink_vma
- glink
->vma
;
1991 memcpy (names
, "__glink", sizeof ("__glink"));
1992 names
+= sizeof ("__glink");
1998 /* Add a symbol for the glink PLT resolver. */
1999 memset (s
, 0, sizeof *s
);
2001 s
->flags
= BSF_GLOBAL
| BSF_SYNTHETIC
;
2003 s
->value
= resolv_vma
- glink
->vma
;
2005 memcpy (names
, "__glink_PLTresolve", sizeof ("__glink_PLTresolve"));
2006 names
+= sizeof ("__glink_PLTresolve");
2014 /* The following functions are specific to the ELF linker, while
2015 functions above are used generally. They appear in this file more
2016 or less in the order in which they are called. eg.
2017 ppc_elf_check_relocs is called early in the link process,
2018 ppc_elf_finish_dynamic_sections is one of the last functions
2021 /* Track PLT entries needed for a given symbol. We might need more
2022 than one glink entry per symbol when generating a pic binary. */
2025 struct plt_entry
*next
;
2027 /* -fPIC uses multiple GOT sections, one per file, called ".got2".
2028 This field stores the offset into .got2 used to initialise the
2029 GOT pointer reg. It will always be at least 32768. (Current
2030 gcc always uses an offset of 32768, but ld -r will pack .got2
2031 sections together resulting in larger offsets). */
2034 /* The .got2 section. */
2037 /* PLT refcount or offset. */
2040 bfd_signed_vma refcount
;
2044 /* .glink stub offset. */
2045 bfd_vma glink_offset
;
2048 /* Of those relocs that might be copied as dynamic relocs, this
2049 function selects those that must be copied when linking a shared
2050 library or PIE, even when the symbol is local. */
2053 must_be_dyn_reloc (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
2054 enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type
)
2059 /* Only relative relocs can be resolved when the object load
2060 address isn't fixed. DTPREL32 is excluded because the
2061 dynamic linker needs to differentiate global dynamic from
2062 local dynamic __tls_index pairs when PPC_OPT_TLS is set. */
2067 case R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN
:
2068 case R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN
:
2074 case R_PPC_TPREL16_LO
:
2075 case R_PPC_TPREL16_HI
:
2076 case R_PPC_TPREL16_HA
:
2077 /* These relocations are relative but in a shared library the
2078 linker doesn't know the thread pointer base. */
2079 return bfd_link_dll (info
);
2083 /* If ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS is non-zero, the linker will try to avoid
2084 copying dynamic variables from a shared lib into an app's dynbss
2085 section, and instead use a dynamic relocation to point into the
2087 #define ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS 1
2089 /* Used to track dynamic relocations for local symbols. */
2090 struct ppc_dyn_relocs
2092 struct ppc_dyn_relocs
*next
;
2094 /* The input section of the reloc. */
2097 /* Total number of relocs copied for the input section. */
2098 unsigned int count
: 31;
2100 /* Whether this entry is for STT_GNU_IFUNC symbols. */
2101 unsigned int ifunc
: 1;
2104 /* PPC ELF linker hash entry. */
2106 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry
2108 struct elf_link_hash_entry elf
;
2110 /* If this symbol is used in the linker created sections, the processor
2111 specific backend uses this field to map the field into the offset
2112 from the beginning of the section. */
2113 elf_linker_section_pointers_t
*linker_section_pointer
;
2115 /* Track dynamic relocs copied for this symbol. */
2116 struct elf_dyn_relocs
*dyn_relocs
;
2118 /* Contexts in which symbol is used in the GOT.
2119 Bits are or'd into the mask as the corresponding relocs are
2120 encountered during check_relocs, with TLS_TLS being set when any
2121 of the other TLS bits are set. tls_optimize clears bits when
2122 optimizing to indicate the corresponding GOT entry type is not
2123 needed. If set, TLS_TLS is never cleared. tls_optimize may also
2124 set TLS_GDIE when a GD reloc turns into an IE one.
2125 These flags are also kept for local symbols. */
2126 #define TLS_TLS 1 /* Any TLS reloc. */
2127 #define TLS_GD 2 /* GD reloc. */
2128 #define TLS_LD 4 /* LD reloc. */
2129 #define TLS_TPREL 8 /* TPREL reloc, => IE. */
2130 #define TLS_DTPREL 16 /* DTPREL reloc, => LD. */
2131 #define TLS_MARK 32 /* __tls_get_addr call marked. */
2132 #define TLS_GDIE 64 /* GOT TPREL reloc resulting from GD->IE. */
2133 unsigned char tls_mask
;
2135 /* The above field is also used to mark function symbols. In which
2136 case TLS_TLS will be 0. */
2137 #define PLT_IFUNC 2 /* STT_GNU_IFUNC. */
2138 #define PLT_KEEP 4 /* inline plt call requires plt entry. */
2139 #define NON_GOT 256 /* local symbol plt, not stored. */
2141 /* Nonzero if we have seen a small data relocation referring to this
2143 unsigned char has_sda_refs
: 1;
2145 /* Flag use of given relocations. */
2146 unsigned char has_addr16_ha
: 1;
2147 unsigned char has_addr16_lo
: 1;
2150 #define ppc_elf_hash_entry(ent) ((struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry *) (ent))
2152 /* PPC ELF linker hash table. */
2154 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
2156 struct elf_link_hash_table elf
;
2158 /* Various options passed from the linker. */
2159 struct ppc_elf_params
*params
;
2161 /* Short-cuts to get to dynamic linker sections. */
2165 elf_linker_section_t sdata
[2];
2167 asection
*glink_eh_frame
;
2169 asection
*relpltlocal
;
2171 /* The (unloaded but important) .rela.plt.unloaded on VxWorks. */
2174 /* Shortcut to __tls_get_addr. */
2175 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*tls_get_addr
;
2177 /* The bfd that forced an old-style PLT. */
2180 /* TLS local dynamic got entry handling. */
2182 bfd_signed_vma refcount
;
2186 /* Offset of branch table to PltResolve function in glink. */
2187 bfd_vma glink_pltresolve
;
2189 /* Size of reserved GOT entries. */
2190 unsigned int got_header_size
;
2191 /* Non-zero if allocating the header left a gap. */
2192 unsigned int got_gap
;
2194 /* The type of PLT we have chosen to use. */
2195 enum ppc_elf_plt_type plt_type
;
2197 /* True if the target system is VxWorks. */
2198 unsigned int is_vxworks
:1;
2200 /* Whether there exist local gnu indirect function resolvers,
2201 referenced by dynamic relocations. */
2202 unsigned int local_ifunc_resolver
:1;
2203 unsigned int maybe_local_ifunc_resolver
:1;
2205 /* Set if tls optimization is enabled. */
2206 unsigned int do_tls_opt
:1;
2208 /* Set if inline plt calls should be converted to direct calls. */
2209 unsigned int can_convert_all_inline_plt
:1;
2211 /* The size of PLT entries. */
2213 /* The distance between adjacent PLT slots. */
2215 /* The size of the first PLT entry. */
2216 int plt_initial_entry_size
;
2218 /* Small local sym cache. */
2219 struct sym_cache sym_cache
;
2222 /* Rename some of the generic section flags to better document how they
2223 are used for ppc32. The flags are only valid for ppc32 elf objects. */
2225 /* Nonzero if this section has TLS related relocations. */
2226 #define has_tls_reloc sec_flg0
2228 /* Nonzero if this section has a call to __tls_get_addr lacking marker
2230 #define nomark_tls_get_addr sec_flg1
2232 /* Flag set when PLTCALL relocs are detected. */
2233 #define has_pltcall sec_flg2
2235 /* Get the PPC ELF linker hash table from a link_info structure. */
2237 #define ppc_elf_hash_table(p) \
2238 (elf_hash_table_id ((struct elf_link_hash_table *) ((p)->hash)) \
2239 == PPC32_ELF_DATA ? ((struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *) ((p)->hash)) : NULL)
2241 /* Create an entry in a PPC ELF linker hash table. */
2243 static struct bfd_hash_entry
*
2244 ppc_elf_link_hash_newfunc (struct bfd_hash_entry
*entry
,
2245 struct bfd_hash_table
*table
,
2248 /* Allocate the structure if it has not already been allocated by a
2252 entry
= bfd_hash_allocate (table
,
2253 sizeof (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry
));
2258 /* Call the allocation method of the superclass. */
2259 entry
= _bfd_elf_link_hash_newfunc (entry
, table
, string
);
2262 ppc_elf_hash_entry (entry
)->linker_section_pointer
= NULL
;
2263 ppc_elf_hash_entry (entry
)->dyn_relocs
= NULL
;
2264 ppc_elf_hash_entry (entry
)->tls_mask
= 0;
2265 ppc_elf_hash_entry (entry
)->has_sda_refs
= 0;
2271 /* Create a PPC ELF linker hash table. */
2273 static struct bfd_link_hash_table
*
2274 ppc_elf_link_hash_table_create (bfd
*abfd
)
2276 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*ret
;
2277 static struct ppc_elf_params default_params
2278 = { PLT_OLD
, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 12, 0, 0, 0 };
2280 ret
= bfd_zmalloc (sizeof (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
));
2284 if (!_bfd_elf_link_hash_table_init (&ret
->elf
, abfd
,
2285 ppc_elf_link_hash_newfunc
,
2286 sizeof (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry
),
2293 ret
->elf
.init_plt_refcount
.refcount
= 0;
2294 ret
->elf
.init_plt_refcount
.glist
= NULL
;
2295 ret
->elf
.init_plt_offset
.offset
= 0;
2296 ret
->elf
.init_plt_offset
.glist
= NULL
;
2298 ret
->params
= &default_params
;
2300 ret
->sdata
[0].name
= ".sdata";
2301 ret
->sdata
[0].sym_name
= "_SDA_BASE_";
2302 ret
->sdata
[0].bss_name
= ".sbss";
2304 ret
->sdata
[1].name
= ".sdata2";
2305 ret
->sdata
[1].sym_name
= "_SDA2_BASE_";
2306 ret
->sdata
[1].bss_name
= ".sbss2";
2308 ret
->plt_entry_size
= 12;
2309 ret
->plt_slot_size
= 8;
2310 ret
->plt_initial_entry_size
= 72;
2312 return &ret
->elf
.root
;
2315 /* Hook linker params into hash table. */
2318 ppc_elf_link_params (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, struct ppc_elf_params
*params
)
2320 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
2323 htab
->params
= params
;
2324 params
->pagesize_p2
= bfd_log2 (params
->pagesize
);
2327 /* Create .got and the related sections. */
2330 ppc_elf_create_got (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
2332 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
2334 if (!_bfd_elf_create_got_section (abfd
, info
))
2337 htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
2338 if (!htab
->is_vxworks
)
2340 /* The powerpc .got has a blrl instruction in it. Mark it
2342 flagword flags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_CODE
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
2343 | SEC_IN_MEMORY
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
2344 if (!bfd_set_section_flags (htab
->elf
.sgot
, flags
))
2351 /* Create a special linker section, used for R_PPC_EMB_SDAI16 and
2352 R_PPC_EMB_SDA2I16 pointers. These sections become part of .sdata
2353 and .sdata2. Create _SDA_BASE_ and _SDA2_BASE too. */
2356 ppc_elf_create_linker_section (bfd
*abfd
,
2357 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
2359 elf_linker_section_t
*lsect
)
2363 flags
|= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_IN_MEMORY
2364 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
2366 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, lsect
->name
, flags
);
2371 /* Define the sym on the first section of this name. */
2372 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, lsect
->name
);
2374 lsect
->sym
= _bfd_elf_define_linkage_sym (abfd
, info
, s
, lsect
->sym_name
);
2375 if (lsect
->sym
== NULL
)
2377 lsect
->sym
->root
.u
.def
.value
= 0x8000;
2382 ppc_elf_create_glink (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
2384 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
2389 flags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_CODE
| SEC_READONLY
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
2390 | SEC_IN_MEMORY
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
2391 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".glink", flags
);
2393 p2align
= htab
->params
->ppc476_workaround
? 6 : 4;
2394 if (p2align
< htab
->params
->plt_stub_align
)
2395 p2align
= htab
->params
->plt_stub_align
;
2397 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (s
, p2align
))
2400 if (!info
->no_ld_generated_unwind_info
)
2402 flags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_READONLY
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
2403 | SEC_IN_MEMORY
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
2404 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".eh_frame", flags
);
2405 htab
->glink_eh_frame
= s
;
2407 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (s
, 2))
2411 flags
= SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
;
2412 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".iplt", flags
);
2415 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (s
, 4))
2418 flags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_READONLY
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
2419 | SEC_IN_MEMORY
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
2420 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".rela.iplt", flags
);
2421 htab
->elf
.irelplt
= s
;
2423 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (s
, 2))
2426 /* Local plt entries. */
2427 flags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
2428 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_IN_MEMORY
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
2429 htab
->pltlocal
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".branch_lt",
2431 if (htab
->pltlocal
== NULL
2432 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (htab
->pltlocal
, 2))
2435 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
2437 flags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_READONLY
2438 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_IN_MEMORY
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
2440 = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".rela.branch_lt", flags
);
2441 if (htab
->relpltlocal
== NULL
2442 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (htab
->relpltlocal
, 2))
2446 if (!ppc_elf_create_linker_section (abfd
, info
, 0,
2450 if (!ppc_elf_create_linker_section (abfd
, info
, SEC_READONLY
,
2457 /* We have to create .dynsbss and .rela.sbss here so that they get mapped
2458 to output sections (just like _bfd_elf_create_dynamic_sections has
2459 to create .dynbss and .rela.bss). */
2462 ppc_elf_create_dynamic_sections (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
2464 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
2468 htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
2470 if (htab
->elf
.sgot
== NULL
2471 && !ppc_elf_create_got (abfd
, info
))
2474 if (!_bfd_elf_create_dynamic_sections (abfd
, info
))
2477 if (htab
->glink
== NULL
2478 && !ppc_elf_create_glink (abfd
, info
))
2481 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".dynsbss",
2482 SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
2487 if (! bfd_link_pic (info
))
2489 flags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_READONLY
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
2490 | SEC_IN_MEMORY
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
2491 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".rela.sbss", flags
);
2494 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (s
, 2))
2498 if (htab
->is_vxworks
2499 && !elf_vxworks_create_dynamic_sections (abfd
, info
, &htab
->srelplt2
))
2503 flags
= SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_CODE
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
;
2504 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_VXWORKS
)
2505 /* The VxWorks PLT is a loaded section with contents. */
2506 flags
|= SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_READONLY
;
2507 return bfd_set_section_flags (s
, flags
);
2510 /* Copy the extra info we tack onto an elf_link_hash_entry. */
2513 ppc_elf_copy_indirect_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
2514 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*dir
,
2515 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*ind
)
2517 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry
*edir
, *eind
;
2519 edir
= (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry
*) dir
;
2520 eind
= (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry
*) ind
;
2522 edir
->tls_mask
|= eind
->tls_mask
;
2523 edir
->has_sda_refs
|= eind
->has_sda_refs
;
2525 if (edir
->elf
.versioned
!= versioned_hidden
)
2526 edir
->elf
.ref_dynamic
|= eind
->elf
.ref_dynamic
;
2527 edir
->elf
.ref_regular
|= eind
->elf
.ref_regular
;
2528 edir
->elf
.ref_regular_nonweak
|= eind
->elf
.ref_regular_nonweak
;
2529 edir
->elf
.non_got_ref
|= eind
->elf
.non_got_ref
;
2530 edir
->elf
.needs_plt
|= eind
->elf
.needs_plt
;
2531 edir
->elf
.pointer_equality_needed
|= eind
->elf
.pointer_equality_needed
;
2533 /* If we were called to copy over info for a weak sym, that's all. */
2534 if (eind
->elf
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
2537 if (eind
->dyn_relocs
!= NULL
)
2539 if (edir
->dyn_relocs
!= NULL
)
2541 struct elf_dyn_relocs
**pp
;
2542 struct elf_dyn_relocs
*p
;
2544 /* Add reloc counts against the indirect sym to the direct sym
2545 list. Merge any entries against the same section. */
2546 for (pp
= &eind
->dyn_relocs
; (p
= *pp
) != NULL
; )
2548 struct elf_dyn_relocs
*q
;
2550 for (q
= edir
->dyn_relocs
; q
!= NULL
; q
= q
->next
)
2551 if (q
->sec
== p
->sec
)
2553 q
->pc_count
+= p
->pc_count
;
2554 q
->count
+= p
->count
;
2561 *pp
= edir
->dyn_relocs
;
2564 edir
->dyn_relocs
= eind
->dyn_relocs
;
2565 eind
->dyn_relocs
= NULL
;
2568 /* Copy over the GOT refcount entries that we may have already seen to
2569 the symbol which just became indirect. */
2570 edir
->elf
.got
.refcount
+= eind
->elf
.got
.refcount
;
2571 eind
->elf
.got
.refcount
= 0;
2573 /* And plt entries. */
2574 if (eind
->elf
.plt
.plist
!= NULL
)
2576 if (edir
->elf
.plt
.plist
!= NULL
)
2578 struct plt_entry
**entp
;
2579 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
2581 for (entp
= &eind
->elf
.plt
.plist
; (ent
= *entp
) != NULL
; )
2583 struct plt_entry
*dent
;
2585 for (dent
= edir
->elf
.plt
.plist
; dent
!= NULL
; dent
= dent
->next
)
2586 if (dent
->sec
== ent
->sec
&& dent
->addend
== ent
->addend
)
2588 dent
->plt
.refcount
+= ent
->plt
.refcount
;
2595 *entp
= edir
->elf
.plt
.plist
;
2598 edir
->elf
.plt
.plist
= eind
->elf
.plt
.plist
;
2599 eind
->elf
.plt
.plist
= NULL
;
2602 if (eind
->elf
.dynindx
!= -1)
2604 if (edir
->elf
.dynindx
!= -1)
2605 _bfd_elf_strtab_delref (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
,
2606 edir
->elf
.dynstr_index
);
2607 edir
->elf
.dynindx
= eind
->elf
.dynindx
;
2608 edir
->elf
.dynstr_index
= eind
->elf
.dynstr_index
;
2609 eind
->elf
.dynindx
= -1;
2610 eind
->elf
.dynstr_index
= 0;
2614 /* Hook called by the linker routine which adds symbols from an object
2615 file. We use it to put .comm items in .sbss, and not .bss. */
2618 ppc_elf_add_symbol_hook (bfd
*abfd
,
2619 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
2620 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
,
2621 const char **namep ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
2622 flagword
*flagsp ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
2626 if (sym
->st_shndx
== SHN_COMMON
2627 && !bfd_link_relocatable (info
)
2628 && is_ppc_elf (info
->output_bfd
)
2629 && sym
->st_size
<= elf_gp_size (abfd
))
2631 /* Common symbols less than or equal to -G nn bytes are automatically
2633 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
2635 htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
2636 if (htab
->sbss
== NULL
)
2638 flagword flags
= SEC_IS_COMMON
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
;
2640 if (!htab
->elf
.dynobj
)
2641 htab
->elf
.dynobj
= abfd
;
2643 htab
->sbss
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (htab
->elf
.dynobj
,
2646 if (htab
->sbss
== NULL
)
2651 *valp
= sym
->st_size
;
2657 /* Find a linker generated pointer with a given addend and type. */
2659 static elf_linker_section_pointers_t
*
2660 elf_find_pointer_linker_section
2661 (elf_linker_section_pointers_t
*linker_pointers
,
2663 elf_linker_section_t
*lsect
)
2665 for ( ; linker_pointers
!= NULL
; linker_pointers
= linker_pointers
->next
)
2666 if (lsect
== linker_pointers
->lsect
&& addend
== linker_pointers
->addend
)
2667 return linker_pointers
;
2672 /* Allocate a pointer to live in a linker created section. */
2675 elf_allocate_pointer_linker_section (bfd
*abfd
,
2676 elf_linker_section_t
*lsect
,
2677 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
2678 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
)
2680 elf_linker_section_pointers_t
**ptr_linker_section_ptr
= NULL
;
2681 elf_linker_section_pointers_t
*linker_section_ptr
;
2682 unsigned long r_symndx
= ELF32_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
2685 BFD_ASSERT (lsect
!= NULL
);
2687 /* Is this a global symbol? */
2690 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry
*eh
;
2692 /* Has this symbol already been allocated? If so, our work is done. */
2693 eh
= (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
2694 if (elf_find_pointer_linker_section (eh
->linker_section_pointer
,
2699 ptr_linker_section_ptr
= &eh
->linker_section_pointer
;
2703 BFD_ASSERT (is_ppc_elf (abfd
));
2705 /* Allocation of a pointer to a local symbol. */
2706 elf_linker_section_pointers_t
**ptr
= elf_local_ptr_offsets (abfd
);
2708 /* Allocate a table to hold the local symbols if first time. */
2711 unsigned int num_symbols
= elf_symtab_hdr (abfd
).sh_info
;
2714 amt
*= sizeof (elf_linker_section_pointers_t
*);
2715 ptr
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
2720 elf_local_ptr_offsets (abfd
) = ptr
;
2723 /* Has this symbol already been allocated? If so, our work is done. */
2724 if (elf_find_pointer_linker_section (ptr
[r_symndx
],
2729 ptr_linker_section_ptr
= &ptr
[r_symndx
];
2732 /* Allocate space for a pointer in the linker section, and allocate
2733 a new pointer record from internal memory. */
2734 BFD_ASSERT (ptr_linker_section_ptr
!= NULL
);
2735 amt
= sizeof (elf_linker_section_pointers_t
);
2736 linker_section_ptr
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
2738 if (!linker_section_ptr
)
2741 linker_section_ptr
->next
= *ptr_linker_section_ptr
;
2742 linker_section_ptr
->addend
= rel
->r_addend
;
2743 linker_section_ptr
->lsect
= lsect
;
2744 *ptr_linker_section_ptr
= linker_section_ptr
;
2746 if (!bfd_set_section_alignment (lsect
->section
, 2))
2748 linker_section_ptr
->offset
= lsect
->section
->size
;
2749 lsect
->section
->size
+= 4;
2753 "Create pointer in linker section %s, offset = %ld, section size = %ld\n",
2754 lsect
->name
, (long) linker_section_ptr
->offset
,
2755 (long) lsect
->section
->size
);
2761 static struct plt_entry
**
2762 update_local_sym_info (bfd
*abfd
,
2763 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
,
2764 unsigned long r_symndx
,
2767 bfd_signed_vma
*local_got_refcounts
= elf_local_got_refcounts (abfd
);
2768 struct plt_entry
**local_plt
;
2769 unsigned char *local_got_tls_masks
;
2771 if (local_got_refcounts
== NULL
)
2773 bfd_size_type size
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
2775 size
*= (sizeof (*local_got_refcounts
)
2776 + sizeof (*local_plt
)
2777 + sizeof (*local_got_tls_masks
));
2778 local_got_refcounts
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, size
);
2779 if (local_got_refcounts
== NULL
)
2781 elf_local_got_refcounts (abfd
) = local_got_refcounts
;
2784 local_plt
= (struct plt_entry
**) (local_got_refcounts
+ symtab_hdr
->sh_info
);
2785 local_got_tls_masks
= (unsigned char *) (local_plt
+ symtab_hdr
->sh_info
);
2786 local_got_tls_masks
[r_symndx
] |= tls_type
& 0xff;
2787 if ((tls_type
& NON_GOT
) == 0)
2788 local_got_refcounts
[r_symndx
] += 1;
2789 return local_plt
+ r_symndx
;
2793 update_plt_info (bfd
*abfd
, struct plt_entry
**plist
,
2794 asection
*sec
, bfd_vma addend
)
2796 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
2800 for (ent
= *plist
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
2801 if (ent
->sec
== sec
&& ent
->addend
== addend
)
2805 bfd_size_type amt
= sizeof (*ent
);
2806 ent
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
2811 ent
->addend
= addend
;
2812 ent
->plt
.refcount
= 0;
2815 ent
->plt
.refcount
+= 1;
2819 static struct plt_entry
*
2820 find_plt_ent (struct plt_entry
**plist
, asection
*sec
, bfd_vma addend
)
2822 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
2826 for (ent
= *plist
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
2827 if (ent
->sec
== sec
&& ent
->addend
== addend
)
2833 is_branch_reloc (enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type
)
2835 return (r_type
== R_PPC_PLTREL24
2836 || r_type
== R_PPC_LOCAL24PC
2837 || r_type
== R_PPC_REL24
2838 || r_type
== R_PPC_REL14
2839 || r_type
== R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN
2840 || r_type
== R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN
2841 || r_type
== R_PPC_ADDR24
2842 || r_type
== R_PPC_ADDR14
2843 || r_type
== R_PPC_ADDR14_BRTAKEN
2844 || r_type
== R_PPC_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN
2845 || r_type
== R_PPC_VLE_REL24
);
2848 /* Relocs on inline plt call sequence insns prior to the call. */
2851 is_plt_seq_reloc (enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type
)
2853 return (r_type
== R_PPC_PLT16_HA
2854 || r_type
== R_PPC_PLT16_HI
2855 || r_type
== R_PPC_PLT16_LO
2856 || r_type
== R_PPC_PLTSEQ
);
2860 bad_shared_reloc (bfd
*abfd
, enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type
)
2863 /* xgettext:c-format */
2864 (_("%pB: relocation %s cannot be used when making a shared object"),
2866 ppc_elf_howto_table
[r_type
]->name
);
2867 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
2870 /* Look through the relocs for a section during the first phase, and
2871 allocate space in the global offset table or procedure linkage
2875 ppc_elf_check_relocs (bfd
*abfd
,
2876 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
2878 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocs
)
2880 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
2881 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
2882 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
;
2883 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
;
2884 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel_end
;
2885 asection
*got2
, *sreloc
;
2886 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*tga
;
2888 if (bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
2891 /* Don't do anything special with non-loaded, non-alloced sections.
2892 In particular, any relocs in such sections should not affect GOT
2893 and PLT reference counting (ie. we don't allow them to create GOT
2894 or PLT entries), there's no possibility or desire to optimize TLS
2895 relocs, and there's not much point in propagating relocs to shared
2896 libs that the dynamic linker won't relocate. */
2897 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) == 0)
2901 _bfd_error_handler ("ppc_elf_check_relocs called for section %pA in %pB",
2905 BFD_ASSERT (is_ppc_elf (abfd
));
2907 /* Initialize howto table if not already done. */
2908 if (!ppc_elf_howto_table
[R_PPC_ADDR32
])
2909 ppc_elf_howto_init ();
2911 htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
2912 if (htab
->glink
== NULL
)
2914 if (htab
->elf
.dynobj
== NULL
)
2915 htab
->elf
.dynobj
= abfd
;
2916 if (!ppc_elf_create_glink (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, info
))
2919 tga
= elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->elf
, "__tls_get_addr",
2920 FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
2921 symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (abfd
);
2922 sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (abfd
);
2923 got2
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".got2");
2926 rel_end
= relocs
+ sec
->reloc_count
;
2927 for (rel
= relocs
; rel
< rel_end
; rel
++)
2929 unsigned long r_symndx
;
2930 enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type
;
2931 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
2933 struct plt_entry
**ifunc
;
2934 struct plt_entry
**pltent
;
2937 r_symndx
= ELF32_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
2938 if (r_symndx
< symtab_hdr
->sh_info
)
2942 h
= sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- symtab_hdr
->sh_info
];
2943 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
2944 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
2945 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
2948 /* If a relocation refers to _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_, create the .got.
2949 This shows up in particular in an R_PPC_ADDR32 in the eabi
2952 && htab
->elf
.sgot
== NULL
2953 && strcmp (h
->root
.root
.string
, "_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_") == 0)
2955 if (htab
->elf
.dynobj
== NULL
)
2956 htab
->elf
.dynobj
= abfd
;
2957 if (!ppc_elf_create_got (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, info
))
2959 BFD_ASSERT (h
== htab
->elf
.hgot
);
2963 r_type
= ELF32_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
);
2965 if (h
== NULL
&& !htab
->is_vxworks
)
2967 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
= bfd_sym_from_r_symndx (&htab
->sym_cache
,
2972 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
) == STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
2974 /* Set PLT_IFUNC flag for this sym, no GOT entry yet. */
2975 ifunc
= update_local_sym_info (abfd
, symtab_hdr
, r_symndx
,
2976 NON_GOT
| PLT_IFUNC
);
2980 /* STT_GNU_IFUNC symbols must have a PLT entry;
2981 In a non-pie executable even when there are
2983 if (!bfd_link_pic (info
)
2984 || is_branch_reloc (r_type
)
2985 || r_type
== R_PPC_PLT16_LO
2986 || r_type
== R_PPC_PLT16_HI
2987 || r_type
== R_PPC_PLT16_HA
)
2990 if (r_type
== R_PPC_PLTREL24
)
2991 ppc_elf_tdata (abfd
)->makes_plt_call
= 1;
2992 if (bfd_link_pic (info
)
2993 && (r_type
== R_PPC_PLTREL24
2994 || r_type
== R_PPC_PLT16_LO
2995 || r_type
== R_PPC_PLT16_HI
2996 || r_type
== R_PPC_PLT16_HA
))
2997 addend
= rel
->r_addend
;
2998 if (!update_plt_info (abfd
, ifunc
, got2
, addend
))
3004 if (!htab
->is_vxworks
3005 && is_branch_reloc (r_type
)
3010 && (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel
[-1].r_info
) == R_PPC_TLSGD
3011 || ELF32_R_TYPE (rel
[-1].r_info
) == R_PPC_TLSLD
))
3012 /* We have a new-style __tls_get_addr call with a marker
3016 /* Mark this section as having an old-style call. */
3017 sec
->nomark_tls_get_addr
= 1;
3024 /* These special tls relocs tie a call to __tls_get_addr with
3025 its parameter symbol. */
3027 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->tls_mask
|= TLS_TLS
| TLS_MARK
;
3029 if (!update_local_sym_info (abfd
, symtab_hdr
, r_symndx
,
3030 NON_GOT
| TLS_TLS
| TLS_MARK
))
3037 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16
:
3038 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO
:
3039 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI
:
3040 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA
:
3041 tls_type
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_LD
;
3044 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16
:
3045 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO
:
3046 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HI
:
3047 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA
:
3048 tls_type
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_GD
;
3051 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16
:
3052 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO
:
3053 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HI
:
3054 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HA
:
3055 if (bfd_link_dll (info
))
3056 info
->flags
|= DF_STATIC_TLS
;
3057 tls_type
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_TPREL
;
3060 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16
:
3061 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_LO
:
3062 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HI
:
3063 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HA
:
3064 tls_type
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_DTPREL
;
3066 sec
->has_tls_reloc
= 1;
3069 /* GOT16 relocations */
3071 case R_PPC_GOT16_LO
:
3072 case R_PPC_GOT16_HI
:
3073 case R_PPC_GOT16_HA
:
3074 /* This symbol requires a global offset table entry. */
3075 if (htab
->elf
.sgot
== NULL
)
3077 if (htab
->elf
.dynobj
== NULL
)
3078 htab
->elf
.dynobj
= abfd
;
3079 if (!ppc_elf_create_got (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, info
))
3084 h
->got
.refcount
+= 1;
3085 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->tls_mask
|= tls_type
;
3088 /* This is a global offset table entry for a local symbol. */
3089 if (!update_local_sym_info (abfd
, symtab_hdr
, r_symndx
, tls_type
))
3092 /* We may also need a plt entry if the symbol turns out to be
3094 if (h
!= NULL
&& !bfd_link_pic (info
))
3096 if (!update_plt_info (abfd
, &h
->plt
.plist
, NULL
, 0))
3101 /* Indirect .sdata relocation. */
3102 case R_PPC_EMB_SDAI16
:
3103 htab
->sdata
[0].sym
->ref_regular
= 1;
3104 if (!elf_allocate_pointer_linker_section (abfd
, &htab
->sdata
[0],
3109 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->has_sda_refs
= TRUE
;
3110 h
->non_got_ref
= TRUE
;
3114 /* Indirect .sdata2 relocation. */
3115 case R_PPC_EMB_SDA2I16
:
3116 if (!bfd_link_executable (info
))
3118 bad_shared_reloc (abfd
, r_type
);
3121 htab
->sdata
[1].sym
->ref_regular
= 1;
3122 if (!elf_allocate_pointer_linker_section (abfd
, &htab
->sdata
[1],
3127 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->has_sda_refs
= TRUE
;
3128 h
->non_got_ref
= TRUE
;
3132 case R_PPC_SDAREL16
:
3133 htab
->sdata
[0].sym
->ref_regular
= 1;
3136 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16A
:
3137 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16D
:
3138 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16A
:
3139 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16D
:
3140 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16A
:
3141 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16D
:
3144 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->has_sda_refs
= TRUE
;
3145 h
->non_got_ref
= TRUE
;
3149 case R_PPC_VLE_REL8
:
3150 case R_PPC_VLE_REL15
:
3151 case R_PPC_VLE_REL24
:
3152 case R_PPC_VLE_LO16A
:
3153 case R_PPC_VLE_LO16D
:
3154 case R_PPC_VLE_HI16A
:
3155 case R_PPC_VLE_HI16D
:
3156 case R_PPC_VLE_HA16A
:
3157 case R_PPC_VLE_HA16D
:
3158 case R_PPC_VLE_ADDR20
:
3161 case R_PPC_EMB_SDA2REL
:
3162 if (!bfd_link_executable (info
))
3164 bad_shared_reloc (abfd
, r_type
);
3167 htab
->sdata
[1].sym
->ref_regular
= 1;
3170 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->has_sda_refs
= TRUE
;
3171 h
->non_got_ref
= TRUE
;
3175 case R_PPC_VLE_SDA21_LO
:
3176 case R_PPC_VLE_SDA21
:
3177 case R_PPC_EMB_SDA21
:
3178 case R_PPC_EMB_RELSDA
:
3181 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->has_sda_refs
= TRUE
;
3182 h
->non_got_ref
= TRUE
;
3186 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR32
:
3187 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16
:
3188 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_LO
:
3189 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HI
:
3190 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HA
:
3192 h
->non_got_ref
= TRUE
;
3195 case R_PPC_PLTREL24
:
3198 ppc_elf_tdata (abfd
)->makes_plt_call
= 1;
3202 sec
->has_pltcall
= 1;
3206 case R_PPC_PLTREL32
:
3207 case R_PPC_PLT16_LO
:
3208 case R_PPC_PLT16_HI
:
3209 case R_PPC_PLT16_HA
:
3212 fprintf (stderr
, "Reloc requires a PLT entry\n");
3214 /* This symbol requires a procedure linkage table entry. */
3217 pltent
= update_local_sym_info (abfd
, symtab_hdr
, r_symndx
,
3218 NON_GOT
| PLT_KEEP
);
3224 if (r_type
!= R_PPC_PLTREL24
)
3225 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->tls_mask
|= PLT_KEEP
;
3227 pltent
= &h
->plt
.plist
;
3230 if (bfd_link_pic (info
)
3231 && (r_type
== R_PPC_PLTREL24
3232 || r_type
== R_PPC_PLT16_LO
3233 || r_type
== R_PPC_PLT16_HI
3234 || r_type
== R_PPC_PLT16_HA
))
3235 addend
= rel
->r_addend
;
3236 if (!update_plt_info (abfd
, pltent
, got2
, addend
))
3240 /* The following relocations don't need to propagate the
3241 relocation if linking a shared object since they are
3242 section relative. */
3244 case R_PPC_SECTOFF_LO
:
3245 case R_PPC_SECTOFF_HI
:
3246 case R_PPC_SECTOFF_HA
:
3247 case R_PPC_DTPREL16
:
3248 case R_PPC_DTPREL16_LO
:
3249 case R_PPC_DTPREL16_HI
:
3250 case R_PPC_DTPREL16_HA
:
3255 case R_PPC_REL16_LO
:
3256 case R_PPC_REL16_HI
:
3257 case R_PPC_REL16_HA
:
3258 case R_PPC_REL16DX_HA
:
3259 ppc_elf_tdata (abfd
)->has_rel16
= 1;
3262 /* These are just markers. */
3264 case R_PPC_EMB_MRKREF
:
3268 case R_PPC_RELAX_PLT
:
3269 case R_PPC_RELAX_PLTREL24
:
3273 /* These should only appear in dynamic objects. */
3275 case R_PPC_GLOB_DAT
:
3276 case R_PPC_JMP_SLOT
:
3277 case R_PPC_RELATIVE
:
3278 case R_PPC_IRELATIVE
:
3281 /* These aren't handled yet. We'll report an error later. */
3283 case R_PPC_EMB_RELSEC16
:
3284 case R_PPC_EMB_RELST_LO
:
3285 case R_PPC_EMB_RELST_HI
:
3286 case R_PPC_EMB_RELST_HA
:
3287 case R_PPC_EMB_BIT_FLD
:
3290 /* This refers only to functions defined in the shared library. */
3291 case R_PPC_LOCAL24PC
:
3292 if (h
!= NULL
&& h
== htab
->elf
.hgot
&& htab
->plt_type
== PLT_UNSET
)
3294 htab
->plt_type
= PLT_OLD
;
3295 htab
->old_bfd
= abfd
;
3297 if (h
!= NULL
&& h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
3300 if (!update_plt_info (abfd
, &h
->plt
.plist
, NULL
, 0))
3305 /* This relocation describes the C++ object vtable hierarchy.
3306 Reconstruct it for later use during GC. */
3307 case R_PPC_GNU_VTINHERIT
:
3308 if (!bfd_elf_gc_record_vtinherit (abfd
, sec
, h
, rel
->r_offset
))
3312 /* This relocation describes which C++ vtable entries are actually
3313 used. Record for later use during GC. */
3314 case R_PPC_GNU_VTENTRY
:
3315 if (!bfd_elf_gc_record_vtentry (abfd
, sec
, h
, rel
->r_addend
))
3319 /* We shouldn't really be seeing TPREL32. */
3322 case R_PPC_TPREL16_LO
:
3323 case R_PPC_TPREL16_HI
:
3324 case R_PPC_TPREL16_HA
:
3325 if (bfd_link_dll (info
))
3326 info
->flags
|= DF_STATIC_TLS
;
3330 case R_PPC_DTPMOD32
:
3331 case R_PPC_DTPREL32
:
3337 && (sec
->flags
& SEC_CODE
) != 0
3338 && bfd_link_pic (info
)
3339 && htab
->plt_type
== PLT_UNSET
)
3341 /* Old -fPIC gcc code has .long LCTOC1-LCFx just before
3342 the start of a function, which assembles to a REL32
3343 reference to .got2. If we detect one of these, then
3344 force the old PLT layout because the linker cannot
3345 reliably deduce the GOT pointer value needed for
3348 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
3350 isym
= bfd_sym_from_r_symndx (&htab
->sym_cache
,
3355 s
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd
, isym
->st_shndx
);
3358 htab
->plt_type
= PLT_OLD
;
3359 htab
->old_bfd
= abfd
;
3362 if (h
== NULL
|| h
== htab
->elf
.hgot
)
3368 case R_PPC_ADDR16_LO
:
3369 case R_PPC_ADDR16_HI
:
3370 case R_PPC_ADDR16_HA
:
3373 if (h
!= NULL
&& !bfd_link_pic (info
))
3375 /* We may need a plt entry if the symbol turns out to be
3376 a function defined in a dynamic object. */
3377 if (!update_plt_info (abfd
, &h
->plt
.plist
, NULL
, 0))
3380 /* We may need a copy reloc too. */
3382 h
->pointer_equality_needed
= 1;
3383 if (r_type
== R_PPC_ADDR16_HA
)
3384 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->has_addr16_ha
= 1;
3385 if (r_type
== R_PPC_ADDR16_LO
)
3386 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->has_addr16_lo
= 1;
3392 case R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN
:
3393 case R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN
:
3396 if (h
== htab
->elf
.hgot
)
3398 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_UNSET
)
3400 htab
->plt_type
= PLT_OLD
;
3401 htab
->old_bfd
= abfd
;
3409 case R_PPC_ADDR14_BRTAKEN
:
3410 case R_PPC_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN
:
3411 if (h
!= NULL
&& !bfd_link_pic (info
))
3413 /* We may need a plt entry if the symbol turns out to be
3414 a function defined in a dynamic object. */
3416 if (!update_plt_info (abfd
, &h
->plt
.plist
, NULL
, 0))
3422 /* If we are creating a shared library, and this is a reloc
3423 against a global symbol, or a non PC relative reloc
3424 against a local symbol, then we need to copy the reloc
3425 into the shared library. However, if we are linking with
3426 -Bsymbolic, we do not need to copy a reloc against a
3427 global symbol which is defined in an object we are
3428 including in the link (i.e., DEF_REGULAR is set). At
3429 this point we have not seen all the input files, so it is
3430 possible that DEF_REGULAR is not set now but will be set
3431 later (it is never cleared). In case of a weak definition,
3432 DEF_REGULAR may be cleared later by a strong definition in
3433 a shared library. We account for that possibility below by
3434 storing information in the dyn_relocs field of the hash
3435 table entry. A similar situation occurs when creating
3436 shared libraries and symbol visibility changes render the
3439 If on the other hand, we are creating an executable, we
3440 may need to keep relocations for symbols satisfied by a
3441 dynamic library if we manage to avoid copy relocs for the
3443 if ((bfd_link_pic (info
)
3444 && (must_be_dyn_reloc (info
, r_type
)
3446 && (!SYMBOLIC_BIND (info
, h
)
3447 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
3448 || !h
->def_regular
))))
3449 || (ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS
3450 && !bfd_link_pic (info
)
3452 && (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
3453 || !h
->def_regular
)))
3457 "ppc_elf_check_relocs needs to "
3458 "create relocation for %s\n",
3459 (h
&& h
->root
.root
.string
3460 ? h
->root
.root
.string
: "<unknown>"));
3464 if (htab
->elf
.dynobj
== NULL
)
3465 htab
->elf
.dynobj
= abfd
;
3467 sreloc
= _bfd_elf_make_dynamic_reloc_section
3468 (sec
, htab
->elf
.dynobj
, 2, abfd
, /*rela?*/ TRUE
);
3474 /* If this is a global symbol, we count the number of
3475 relocations we need for this symbol. */
3478 struct elf_dyn_relocs
*p
;
3479 struct elf_dyn_relocs
**rel_head
;
3481 rel_head
= &ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->dyn_relocs
;
3483 if (p
== NULL
|| p
->sec
!= sec
)
3485 p
= bfd_alloc (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, sizeof *p
);
3488 p
->next
= *rel_head
;
3495 if (!must_be_dyn_reloc (info
, r_type
))
3500 /* Track dynamic relocs needed for local syms too.
3501 We really need local syms available to do this
3503 struct ppc_dyn_relocs
*p
;
3504 struct ppc_dyn_relocs
**rel_head
;
3505 bfd_boolean is_ifunc
;
3508 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
3510 isym
= bfd_sym_from_r_symndx (&htab
->sym_cache
,
3515 s
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd
, isym
->st_shndx
);
3519 vpp
= &elf_section_data (s
)->local_dynrel
;
3520 rel_head
= (struct ppc_dyn_relocs
**) vpp
;
3521 is_ifunc
= ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
) == STT_GNU_IFUNC
;
3523 if (p
!= NULL
&& p
->sec
== sec
&& p
->ifunc
!= is_ifunc
)
3525 if (p
== NULL
|| p
->sec
!= sec
|| p
->ifunc
!= is_ifunc
)
3527 p
= bfd_alloc (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, sizeof *p
);
3530 p
->next
= *rel_head
;
3533 p
->ifunc
= is_ifunc
;
3547 /* Warn for conflicting Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_FP attributes between IBFD
3548 and OBFD, and merge non-conflicting ones. */
3550 _bfd_elf_ppc_merge_fp_attributes (bfd
*ibfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
3552 bfd
*obfd
= info
->output_bfd
;
3553 obj_attribute
*in_attr
, *in_attrs
;
3554 obj_attribute
*out_attr
, *out_attrs
;
3555 bfd_boolean ret
= TRUE
;
3557 in_attrs
= elf_known_obj_attributes (ibfd
)[OBJ_ATTR_GNU
];
3558 out_attrs
= elf_known_obj_attributes (obfd
)[OBJ_ATTR_GNU
];
3560 in_attr
= &in_attrs
[Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_FP
];
3561 out_attr
= &out_attrs
[Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_FP
];
3563 if (in_attr
->i
!= out_attr
->i
)
3565 int in_fp
= in_attr
->i
& 3;
3566 int out_fp
= out_attr
->i
& 3;
3567 static bfd
*last_fp
, *last_ld
;
3571 else if (out_fp
== 0)
3573 out_attr
->type
= ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL
;
3574 out_attr
->i
^= in_fp
;
3577 else if (out_fp
!= 2 && in_fp
== 2)
3580 /* xgettext:c-format */
3581 (_("%pB uses hard float, %pB uses soft float"),
3585 else if (out_fp
== 2 && in_fp
!= 2)
3588 /* xgettext:c-format */
3589 (_("%pB uses hard float, %pB uses soft float"),
3593 else if (out_fp
== 1 && in_fp
== 3)
3596 /* xgettext:c-format */
3597 (_("%pB uses double-precision hard float, "
3598 "%pB uses single-precision hard float"), last_fp
, ibfd
);
3601 else if (out_fp
== 3 && in_fp
== 1)
3604 /* xgettext:c-format */
3605 (_("%pB uses double-precision hard float, "
3606 "%pB uses single-precision hard float"), ibfd
, last_fp
);
3610 in_fp
= in_attr
->i
& 0xc;
3611 out_fp
= out_attr
->i
& 0xc;
3614 else if (out_fp
== 0)
3616 out_attr
->type
= ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL
;
3617 out_attr
->i
^= in_fp
;
3620 else if (out_fp
!= 2 * 4 && in_fp
== 2 * 4)
3623 /* xgettext:c-format */
3624 (_("%pB uses 64-bit long double, "
3625 "%pB uses 128-bit long double"), ibfd
, last_ld
);
3628 else if (in_fp
!= 2 * 4 && out_fp
== 2 * 4)
3631 /* xgettext:c-format */
3632 (_("%pB uses 64-bit long double, "
3633 "%pB uses 128-bit long double"), last_ld
, ibfd
);
3636 else if (out_fp
== 1 * 4 && in_fp
== 3 * 4)
3639 /* xgettext:c-format */
3640 (_("%pB uses IBM long double, "
3641 "%pB uses IEEE long double"), last_ld
, ibfd
);
3644 else if (out_fp
== 3 * 4 && in_fp
== 1 * 4)
3647 /* xgettext:c-format */
3648 (_("%pB uses IBM long double, "
3649 "%pB uses IEEE long double"), ibfd
, last_ld
);
3656 out_attr
->type
= ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL
| ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_ERROR
;
3657 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
3662 /* Merge object attributes from IBFD into OBFD. Warn if
3663 there are conflicting attributes. */
3665 ppc_elf_merge_obj_attributes (bfd
*ibfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
3668 obj_attribute
*in_attr
, *in_attrs
;
3669 obj_attribute
*out_attr
, *out_attrs
;
3672 if (!_bfd_elf_ppc_merge_fp_attributes (ibfd
, info
))
3675 obfd
= info
->output_bfd
;
3676 in_attrs
= elf_known_obj_attributes (ibfd
)[OBJ_ATTR_GNU
];
3677 out_attrs
= elf_known_obj_attributes (obfd
)[OBJ_ATTR_GNU
];
3679 /* Check for conflicting Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_Vector attributes and
3680 merge non-conflicting ones. */
3681 in_attr
= &in_attrs
[Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_Vector
];
3682 out_attr
= &out_attrs
[Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_Vector
];
3684 if (in_attr
->i
!= out_attr
->i
)
3686 int in_vec
= in_attr
->i
& 3;
3687 int out_vec
= out_attr
->i
& 3;
3688 static bfd
*last_vec
;
3692 else if (out_vec
== 0)
3694 out_attr
->type
= ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL
;
3695 out_attr
->i
= in_vec
;
3698 /* For now, allow generic to transition to AltiVec or SPE
3699 without a warning. If GCC marked files with their stack
3700 alignment and used don't-care markings for files which are
3701 not affected by the vector ABI, we could warn about this
3703 else if (in_vec
== 1)
3705 else if (out_vec
== 1)
3707 out_attr
->type
= ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL
;
3708 out_attr
->i
= in_vec
;
3711 else if (out_vec
< in_vec
)
3714 /* xgettext:c-format */
3715 (_("%pB uses AltiVec vector ABI, %pB uses SPE vector ABI"),
3717 out_attr
->type
= ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL
| ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_ERROR
;
3720 else if (out_vec
> in_vec
)
3723 /* xgettext:c-format */
3724 (_("%pB uses AltiVec vector ABI, %pB uses SPE vector ABI"),
3726 out_attr
->type
= ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL
| ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_ERROR
;
3731 /* Check for conflicting Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_Struct_Return attributes
3732 and merge non-conflicting ones. */
3733 in_attr
= &in_attrs
[Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_Struct_Return
];
3734 out_attr
= &out_attrs
[Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_Struct_Return
];
3735 if (in_attr
->i
!= out_attr
->i
)
3737 int in_struct
= in_attr
->i
& 3;
3738 int out_struct
= out_attr
->i
& 3;
3739 static bfd
*last_struct
;
3741 if (in_struct
== 0 || in_struct
== 3)
3743 else if (out_struct
== 0)
3745 out_attr
->type
= ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL
;
3746 out_attr
->i
= in_struct
;
3749 else if (out_struct
< in_struct
)
3752 /* xgettext:c-format */
3753 (_("%pB uses r3/r4 for small structure returns, "
3754 "%pB uses memory"), last_struct
, ibfd
);
3755 out_attr
->type
= ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL
| ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_ERROR
;
3758 else if (out_struct
> in_struct
)
3761 /* xgettext:c-format */
3762 (_("%pB uses r3/r4 for small structure returns, "
3763 "%pB uses memory"), ibfd
, last_struct
);
3764 out_attr
->type
= ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL
| ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_ERROR
;
3770 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
3774 /* Merge Tag_compatibility attributes and any common GNU ones. */
3775 return _bfd_elf_merge_object_attributes (ibfd
, info
);
3778 /* Merge backend specific data from an object file to the output
3779 object file when linking. */
3782 ppc_elf_merge_private_bfd_data (bfd
*ibfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
3784 bfd
*obfd
= info
->output_bfd
;
3789 if (!is_ppc_elf (ibfd
) || !is_ppc_elf (obfd
))
3792 /* Check if we have the same endianness. */
3793 if (! _bfd_generic_verify_endian_match (ibfd
, info
))
3796 if (!ppc_elf_merge_obj_attributes (ibfd
, info
))
3799 new_flags
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_flags
;
3800 old_flags
= elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
;
3801 if (!elf_flags_init (obfd
))
3803 /* First call, no flags set. */
3804 elf_flags_init (obfd
) = TRUE
;
3805 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
= new_flags
;
3808 /* Compatible flags are ok. */
3809 else if (new_flags
== old_flags
)
3812 /* Incompatible flags. */
3815 /* Warn about -mrelocatable mismatch. Allow -mrelocatable-lib
3816 to be linked with either. */
3818 if ((new_flags
& EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE
) != 0
3819 && (old_flags
& (EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE
| EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE_LIB
)) == 0)
3823 (_("%pB: compiled with -mrelocatable and linked with "
3824 "modules compiled normally"), ibfd
);
3826 else if ((new_flags
& (EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE
| EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE_LIB
)) == 0
3827 && (old_flags
& EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE
) != 0)
3831 (_("%pB: compiled normally and linked with "
3832 "modules compiled with -mrelocatable"), ibfd
);
3835 /* The output is -mrelocatable-lib iff both the input files are. */
3836 if (! (new_flags
& EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE_LIB
))
3837 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
&= ~EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE_LIB
;
3839 /* The output is -mrelocatable iff it can't be -mrelocatable-lib,
3840 but each input file is either -mrelocatable or -mrelocatable-lib. */
3841 if (! (elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
& EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE_LIB
)
3842 && (new_flags
& (EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE_LIB
| EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE
))
3843 && (old_flags
& (EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE_LIB
| EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE
)))
3844 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
|= EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE
;
3846 /* Do not warn about eabi vs. V.4 mismatch, just or in the bit if
3847 any module uses it. */
3848 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
|= (new_flags
& EF_PPC_EMB
);
3850 new_flags
&= ~(EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE
| EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE_LIB
| EF_PPC_EMB
);
3851 old_flags
&= ~(EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE
| EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE_LIB
| EF_PPC_EMB
);
3853 /* Warn about any other mismatches. */
3854 if (new_flags
!= old_flags
)
3858 /* xgettext:c-format */
3859 (_("%pB: uses different e_flags (%#x) fields "
3860 "than previous modules (%#x)"),
3861 ibfd
, new_flags
, old_flags
);
3866 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
3875 ppc_elf_vle_split16 (bfd
*input_bfd
,
3876 asection
*input_section
,
3877 unsigned long offset
,
3880 split16_format_type split16_format
,
3883 unsigned int insn
, opcode
;
3885 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, loc
);
3886 opcode
= insn
& E_OPCODE_MASK
;
3887 if (opcode
== E_OR2I_INSN
3888 || opcode
== E_AND2I_DOT_INSN
3889 || opcode
== E_OR2IS_INSN
3890 || opcode
== E_LIS_INSN
3891 || opcode
== E_AND2IS_DOT_INSN
)
3893 if (split16_format
!= split16a_type
)
3896 split16_format
= split16a_type
;
3899 /* xgettext:c-format */
3900 (_("%pB(%pA+0x%lx): expected 16A style relocation on 0x%08x insn"),
3901 input_bfd
, input_section
, offset
, opcode
);
3904 else if (opcode
== E_ADD2I_DOT_INSN
3905 || opcode
== E_ADD2IS_INSN
3906 || opcode
== E_CMP16I_INSN
3907 || opcode
== E_MULL2I_INSN
3908 || opcode
== E_CMPL16I_INSN
3909 || opcode
== E_CMPH16I_INSN
3910 || opcode
== E_CMPHL16I_INSN
)
3912 if (split16_format
!= split16d_type
)
3915 split16_format
= split16d_type
;
3918 /* xgettext:c-format */
3919 (_("%pB(%pA+0x%lx): expected 16D style relocation on 0x%08x insn"),
3920 input_bfd
, input_section
, offset
, opcode
);
3923 if (split16_format
== split16a_type
)
3925 insn
&= ~((0xf800 << 5) | 0x7ff);
3926 insn
|= (value
& 0xf800) << 5;
3927 if ((insn
& E_LI_MASK
) == E_LI_INSN
)
3929 /* Hack for e_li. Extend sign. */
3930 insn
&= ~(0xf0000 >> 5);
3931 insn
|= (-(value
& 0x8000) & 0xf0000) >> 5;
3936 insn
&= ~((0xf800 << 10) | 0x7ff);
3937 insn
|= (value
& 0xf800) << 10;
3939 insn
|= value
& 0x7ff;
3940 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, loc
);
3944 ppc_elf_vle_split20 (bfd
*output_bfd
, bfd_byte
*loc
, bfd_vma value
)
3948 insn
= bfd_get_32 (output_bfd
, loc
);
3949 /* We have an li20 field, bits 17..20, 11..15, 21..31. */
3950 /* Top 4 bits of value to 17..20. */
3951 insn
|= (value
& 0xf0000) >> 5;
3952 /* Next 5 bits of the value to 11..15. */
3953 insn
|= (value
& 0xf800) << 5;
3954 /* And the final 11 bits of the value to bits 21 to 31. */
3955 insn
|= value
& 0x7ff;
3956 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, insn
, loc
);
3960 /* Choose which PLT scheme to use, and set .plt flags appropriately.
3961 Returns -1 on error, 0 for old PLT, 1 for new PLT. */
3963 ppc_elf_select_plt_layout (bfd
*output_bfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
3964 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
3966 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3969 htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
3971 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_UNSET
)
3973 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
3975 if (htab
->params
->plt_style
== PLT_OLD
)
3976 htab
->plt_type
= PLT_OLD
;
3977 else if (bfd_link_pic (info
)
3978 && htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
3979 && (h
= elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->elf
, "_mcount",
3980 FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
)) != NULL
3981 && (h
->type
== STT_FUNC
3984 && !(SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info
, h
)
3985 || UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info
, h
)))
3987 /* Profiling of shared libs (and pies) is not supported with
3988 secure plt, because ppc32 does profiling before a
3989 function prologue and a secure plt pic call stubs needs
3990 r30 to be set up. */
3991 htab
->plt_type
= PLT_OLD
;
3996 enum ppc_elf_plt_type plt_type
= htab
->params
->plt_style
;
3998 /* Look through the reloc flags left by ppc_elf_check_relocs.
3999 Use the old style bss plt if a file makes plt calls
4000 without using the new relocs, and if ld isn't given
4001 --secure-plt and we never see REL16 relocs. */
4002 if (plt_type
== PLT_UNSET
)
4004 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
4005 if (is_ppc_elf (ibfd
))
4007 if (ppc_elf_tdata (ibfd
)->has_rel16
)
4009 else if (ppc_elf_tdata (ibfd
)->makes_plt_call
)
4012 htab
->old_bfd
= ibfd
;
4016 htab
->plt_type
= plt_type
;
4019 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_OLD
&& htab
->params
->plt_style
== PLT_NEW
)
4021 if (htab
->old_bfd
!= NULL
)
4022 _bfd_error_handler (_("bss-plt forced due to %pB"), htab
->old_bfd
);
4024 _bfd_error_handler (_("bss-plt forced by profiling"));
4027 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->plt_type
!= PLT_VXWORKS
);
4029 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_NEW
)
4031 flags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
4032 | SEC_IN_MEMORY
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
4034 /* The new PLT is a loaded section. */
4035 if (htab
->elf
.splt
!= NULL
4036 && !bfd_set_section_flags (htab
->elf
.splt
, flags
))
4039 /* The new GOT is not executable. */
4040 if (htab
->elf
.sgot
!= NULL
4041 && !bfd_set_section_flags (htab
->elf
.sgot
, flags
))
4046 /* Stop an unused .glink section from affecting .text alignment. */
4047 if (htab
->glink
!= NULL
4048 && !bfd_set_section_alignment (htab
->glink
, 0))
4051 return htab
->plt_type
== PLT_NEW
;
4054 /* Return the section that should be marked against GC for a given
4058 ppc_elf_gc_mark_hook (asection
*sec
,
4059 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
4060 Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
,
4061 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
4062 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
4065 switch (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
))
4067 case R_PPC_GNU_VTINHERIT
:
4068 case R_PPC_GNU_VTENTRY
:
4072 return _bfd_elf_gc_mark_hook (sec
, info
, rel
, h
, sym
);
4076 get_sym_h (struct elf_link_hash_entry
**hp
,
4077 Elf_Internal_Sym
**symp
,
4079 unsigned char **tls_maskp
,
4080 Elf_Internal_Sym
**locsymsp
,
4081 unsigned long r_symndx
,
4084 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd
);
4086 if (r_symndx
>= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
)
4088 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (ibfd
);
4089 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
4091 h
= sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- symtab_hdr
->sh_info
];
4092 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
4093 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
4094 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
4102 if (symsecp
!= NULL
)
4104 asection
*symsec
= NULL
;
4105 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
4106 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
4107 symsec
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
4111 if (tls_maskp
!= NULL
)
4112 *tls_maskp
= &ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->tls_mask
;
4116 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
4117 Elf_Internal_Sym
*locsyms
= *locsymsp
;
4119 if (locsyms
== NULL
)
4121 locsyms
= (Elf_Internal_Sym
*) symtab_hdr
->contents
;
4122 if (locsyms
== NULL
)
4123 locsyms
= bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (ibfd
, symtab_hdr
,
4124 symtab_hdr
->sh_info
,
4125 0, NULL
, NULL
, NULL
);
4126 if (locsyms
== NULL
)
4128 *locsymsp
= locsyms
;
4130 sym
= locsyms
+ r_symndx
;
4138 if (symsecp
!= NULL
)
4139 *symsecp
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (ibfd
, sym
->st_shndx
);
4141 if (tls_maskp
!= NULL
)
4143 bfd_signed_vma
*local_got
;
4144 unsigned char *tls_mask
;
4147 local_got
= elf_local_got_refcounts (ibfd
);
4148 if (local_got
!= NULL
)
4150 struct plt_entry
**local_plt
= (struct plt_entry
**)
4151 (local_got
+ symtab_hdr
->sh_info
);
4152 unsigned char *lgot_masks
= (unsigned char *)
4153 (local_plt
+ symtab_hdr
->sh_info
);
4154 tls_mask
= &lgot_masks
[r_symndx
];
4156 *tls_maskp
= tls_mask
;
4162 /* Analyze inline PLT call relocations to see whether calls to locally
4163 defined functions can be converted to direct calls. */
4166 ppc_elf_inline_plt (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
4168 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
4171 bfd_vma low_vma
, high_vma
, limit
;
4173 htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
4177 /* A bl insn can reach -0x2000000 to 0x1fffffc. The limit is
4178 reduced somewhat to cater for possible stubs that might be added
4179 between the call and its destination. */
4183 for (sec
= info
->output_bfd
->sections
; sec
!= NULL
; sec
= sec
->next
)
4184 if ((sec
->flags
& (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_CODE
)) == (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_CODE
))
4186 if (low_vma
> sec
->vma
)
4188 if (high_vma
< sec
->vma
+ sec
->size
)
4189 high_vma
= sec
->vma
+ sec
->size
;
4192 /* If a "bl" can reach anywhere in local code sections, then we can
4193 convert all inline PLT sequences to direct calls when the symbol
4195 if (high_vma
- low_vma
< limit
)
4197 htab
->can_convert_all_inline_plt
= 1;
4201 /* Otherwise, go looking through relocs for cases where a direct
4202 call won't reach. Mark the symbol on any such reloc to disable
4203 the optimization and keep the PLT entry as it seems likely that
4204 this will be better than creating trampolines. Note that this
4205 will disable the optimization for all inline PLT calls to a
4206 particular symbol, not just those that won't reach. The
4207 difficulty in doing a more precise optimization is that the
4208 linker needs to make a decision depending on whether a
4209 particular R_PPC_PLTCALL insn can be turned into a direct
4210 call, for each of the R_PPC_PLTSEQ and R_PPC_PLT16* insns in
4211 the sequence, and there is nothing that ties those relocs
4212 together except their symbol. */
4214 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
!= NULL
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
4216 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
4217 Elf_Internal_Sym
*local_syms
;
4219 if (!is_ppc_elf (ibfd
))
4223 symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd
);
4225 for (sec
= ibfd
->sections
; sec
!= NULL
; sec
= sec
->next
)
4226 if (sec
->has_pltcall
4227 && !bfd_is_abs_section (sec
->output_section
))
4229 Elf_Internal_Rela
*relstart
, *rel
, *relend
;
4231 /* Read the relocations. */
4232 relstart
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (ibfd
, sec
, NULL
, NULL
,
4234 if (relstart
== NULL
)
4237 relend
= relstart
+ sec
->reloc_count
;
4238 for (rel
= relstart
; rel
< relend
; )
4240 enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type
;
4241 unsigned long r_symndx
;
4243 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
4244 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
4245 unsigned char *tls_maskp
;
4247 r_type
= ELF32_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
);
4248 if (r_type
!= R_PPC_PLTCALL
)
4251 r_symndx
= ELF32_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
4252 if (!get_sym_h (&h
, &sym
, &sym_sec
, &tls_maskp
, &local_syms
,
4255 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= relstart
)
4257 if (local_syms
!= NULL
4258 && symtab_hdr
->contents
!= (unsigned char *) local_syms
)
4263 if (sym_sec
!= NULL
&& sym_sec
->output_section
!= NULL
)
4267 to
= h
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
4270 to
+= (rel
->r_addend
4271 + sym_sec
->output_offset
4272 + sym_sec
->output_section
->vma
);
4273 from
= (rel
->r_offset
4274 + sec
->output_offset
4275 + sec
->output_section
->vma
);
4276 if (to
- from
+ limit
< 2 * limit
)
4277 *tls_maskp
&= ~PLT_KEEP
;
4280 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= relstart
)
4284 if (local_syms
!= NULL
4285 && symtab_hdr
->contents
!= (unsigned char *) local_syms
)
4287 if (!info
->keep_memory
)
4290 symtab_hdr
->contents
= (unsigned char *) local_syms
;
4297 /* Set plt output section type, htab->tls_get_addr, and call the
4298 generic ELF tls_setup function. */
4301 ppc_elf_tls_setup (bfd
*obfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
4303 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
4305 htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
4306 htab
->tls_get_addr
= elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->elf
, "__tls_get_addr",
4307 FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
4308 if (htab
->plt_type
!= PLT_NEW
)
4309 htab
->params
->no_tls_get_addr_opt
= TRUE
;
4311 if (!htab
->params
->no_tls_get_addr_opt
)
4313 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*opt
, *tga
;
4314 opt
= elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->elf
, "__tls_get_addr_opt",
4315 FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
4317 && (opt
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
4318 || opt
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
))
4320 /* If glibc supports an optimized __tls_get_addr call stub,
4321 signalled by the presence of __tls_get_addr_opt, and we'll
4322 be calling __tls_get_addr via a plt call stub, then
4323 make __tls_get_addr point to __tls_get_addr_opt. */
4324 tga
= htab
->tls_get_addr
;
4325 if (htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
4327 && (tga
->type
== STT_FUNC
4329 && !(SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info
, tga
)
4330 || UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info
, tga
)))
4332 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
4333 for (ent
= tga
->plt
.plist
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
4334 if (ent
->plt
.refcount
> 0)
4338 tga
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_indirect
;
4339 tga
->root
.u
.i
.link
= &opt
->root
;
4340 ppc_elf_copy_indirect_symbol (info
, opt
, tga
);
4342 if (opt
->dynindx
!= -1)
4344 /* Use __tls_get_addr_opt in dynamic relocations. */
4346 _bfd_elf_strtab_delref (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
,
4348 if (!bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, opt
))
4351 htab
->tls_get_addr
= opt
;
4356 htab
->params
->no_tls_get_addr_opt
= TRUE
;
4358 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_NEW
4359 && htab
->elf
.splt
!= NULL
4360 && htab
->elf
.splt
->output_section
!= NULL
)
4362 elf_section_type (htab
->elf
.splt
->output_section
) = SHT_PROGBITS
;
4363 elf_section_flags (htab
->elf
.splt
->output_section
) = SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
;
4366 return _bfd_elf_tls_setup (obfd
, info
);
4369 /* Return TRUE iff REL is a branch reloc with a global symbol matching
4373 branch_reloc_hash_match (const bfd
*ibfd
,
4374 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
,
4375 const struct elf_link_hash_entry
*hash
)
4377 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd
);
4378 enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type
= ELF32_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
);
4379 unsigned int r_symndx
= ELF32_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
4381 if (r_symndx
>= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
&& is_branch_reloc (r_type
))
4383 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (ibfd
);
4384 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
4386 h
= sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- symtab_hdr
->sh_info
];
4387 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
4388 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
4389 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
4396 /* Run through all the TLS relocs looking for optimization
4400 ppc_elf_tls_optimize (bfd
*obfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
4401 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
4405 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
4408 if (!bfd_link_executable (info
))
4411 htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
4415 /* Make two passes through the relocs. First time check that tls
4416 relocs involved in setting up a tls_get_addr call are indeed
4417 followed by such a call. If they are not, don't do any tls
4418 optimization. On the second pass twiddle tls_mask flags to
4419 notify relocate_section that optimization can be done, and
4420 adjust got and plt refcounts. */
4421 for (pass
= 0; pass
< 2; ++pass
)
4422 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
!= NULL
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
4424 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd
);
4425 asection
*got2
= bfd_get_section_by_name (ibfd
, ".got2");
4427 for (sec
= ibfd
->sections
; sec
!= NULL
; sec
= sec
->next
)
4428 if (sec
->has_tls_reloc
&& !bfd_is_abs_section (sec
->output_section
))
4430 Elf_Internal_Rela
*relstart
, *rel
, *relend
;
4431 int expecting_tls_get_addr
= 0;
4433 /* Read the relocations. */
4434 relstart
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (ibfd
, sec
, NULL
, NULL
,
4436 if (relstart
== NULL
)
4439 relend
= relstart
+ sec
->reloc_count
;
4440 for (rel
= relstart
; rel
< relend
; rel
++)
4442 enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type
;
4443 unsigned long r_symndx
;
4444 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
= NULL
;
4445 unsigned char *tls_mask
;
4446 unsigned char tls_set
, tls_clear
;
4447 bfd_boolean is_local
;
4448 bfd_signed_vma
*got_count
;
4450 r_symndx
= ELF32_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
4451 if (r_symndx
>= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
)
4453 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
;
4455 sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (ibfd
);
4456 h
= sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- symtab_hdr
->sh_info
];
4457 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
4458 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
4459 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
4462 is_local
= SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, h
);
4463 r_type
= ELF32_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
);
4464 /* If this section has old-style __tls_get_addr calls
4465 without marker relocs, then check that each
4466 __tls_get_addr call reloc is preceded by a reloc
4467 that conceivably belongs to the __tls_get_addr arg
4468 setup insn. If we don't find matching arg setup
4469 relocs, don't do any tls optimization. */
4471 && sec
->nomark_tls_get_addr
4473 && h
== htab
->tls_get_addr
4474 && !expecting_tls_get_addr
4475 && is_branch_reloc (r_type
))
4477 info
->callbacks
->minfo ("%H __tls_get_addr lost arg, "
4478 "TLS optimization disabled\n",
4479 ibfd
, sec
, rel
->r_offset
);
4480 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= relstart
)
4485 expecting_tls_get_addr
= 0;
4488 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16
:
4489 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO
:
4490 expecting_tls_get_addr
= 1;
4493 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI
:
4494 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA
:
4495 /* These relocs should never be against a symbol
4496 defined in a shared lib. Leave them alone if
4497 that turns out to be the case. */
4506 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16
:
4507 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO
:
4508 expecting_tls_get_addr
= 1;
4511 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HI
:
4512 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA
:
4518 tls_set
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_GDIE
;
4522 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16
:
4523 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO
:
4524 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HI
:
4525 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HA
:
4530 tls_clear
= TLS_TPREL
;
4541 if (rel
+ 1 < relend
4542 && is_plt_seq_reloc (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel
[1].r_info
)))
4545 && ELF32_R_TYPE (rel
[1].r_info
) != R_PPC_PLTSEQ
)
4547 r_type
= ELF32_R_TYPE (rel
[1].r_info
);
4548 r_symndx
= ELF32_R_SYM (rel
[1].r_info
);
4549 if (r_symndx
>= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
)
4551 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
;
4553 sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (ibfd
);
4554 h
= sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- symtab_hdr
->sh_info
];
4555 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
4556 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
4557 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
4560 struct plt_entry
*ent
= NULL
;
4563 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
4564 addend
= rel
->r_addend
;
4565 ent
= find_plt_ent (&h
->plt
.plist
,
4568 && ent
->plt
.refcount
> 0)
4569 ent
->plt
.refcount
-= 1;
4575 expecting_tls_get_addr
= 2;
4586 if (!expecting_tls_get_addr
4587 || !sec
->nomark_tls_get_addr
)
4590 if (rel
+ 1 < relend
4591 && branch_reloc_hash_match (ibfd
, rel
+ 1,
4592 htab
->tls_get_addr
))
4595 /* Uh oh, we didn't find the expected call. We
4596 could just mark this symbol to exclude it
4597 from tls optimization but it's safer to skip
4598 the entire optimization. */
4599 info
->callbacks
->minfo (_("%H arg lost __tls_get_addr, "
4600 "TLS optimization disabled\n"),
4601 ibfd
, sec
, rel
->r_offset
);
4602 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= relstart
)
4609 tls_mask
= &ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->tls_mask
;
4610 got_count
= &h
->got
.refcount
;
4614 bfd_signed_vma
*lgot_refs
;
4615 struct plt_entry
**local_plt
;
4616 unsigned char *lgot_masks
;
4618 lgot_refs
= elf_local_got_refcounts (ibfd
);
4619 if (lgot_refs
== NULL
)
4621 local_plt
= (struct plt_entry
**)
4622 (lgot_refs
+ symtab_hdr
->sh_info
);
4623 lgot_masks
= (unsigned char *)
4624 (local_plt
+ symtab_hdr
->sh_info
);
4625 tls_mask
= &lgot_masks
[r_symndx
];
4626 got_count
= &lgot_refs
[r_symndx
];
4629 /* If we don't have old-style __tls_get_addr calls
4630 without TLSGD/TLSLD marker relocs, and we haven't
4631 found a new-style __tls_get_addr call with a
4632 marker for this symbol, then we either have a
4633 broken object file or an -mlongcall style
4634 indirect call to __tls_get_addr without a marker.
4635 Disable optimization in this case. */
4636 if ((tls_clear
& (TLS_GD
| TLS_LD
)) != 0
4637 && !sec
->nomark_tls_get_addr
4638 && ((*tls_mask
& (TLS_TLS
| TLS_MARK
))
4639 != (TLS_TLS
| TLS_MARK
)))
4642 if (expecting_tls_get_addr
== 1 + !sec
->nomark_tls_get_addr
)
4644 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
4647 if (bfd_link_pic (info
)
4648 && (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel
[1].r_info
) == R_PPC_PLTREL24
4649 || ELF32_R_TYPE (rel
[1].r_info
) == R_PPC_PLTCALL
))
4650 addend
= rel
[1].r_addend
;
4651 ent
= find_plt_ent (&htab
->tls_get_addr
->plt
.plist
,
4653 if (ent
!= NULL
&& ent
->plt
.refcount
> 0)
4654 ent
->plt
.refcount
-= 1;
4661 /* We managed to get rid of a got entry. */
4666 *tls_mask
|= tls_set
;
4667 *tls_mask
&= ~tls_clear
;
4670 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= relstart
)
4674 htab
->do_tls_opt
= 1;
4678 /* Find dynamic relocs for H that apply to read-only sections. */
4681 readonly_dynrelocs (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
4683 struct elf_dyn_relocs
*p
;
4685 for (p
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->dyn_relocs
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
4687 asection
*s
= p
->sec
->output_section
;
4689 if (s
!= NULL
&& (s
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) != 0)
4695 /* Return true if we have dynamic relocs against H or any of its weak
4696 aliases, that apply to read-only sections. Cannot be used after
4697 size_dynamic_sections. */
4700 alias_readonly_dynrelocs (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
4702 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry
*eh
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
);
4705 if (readonly_dynrelocs (&eh
->elf
))
4707 eh
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (eh
->elf
.u
.alias
);
4708 } while (eh
!= NULL
&& &eh
->elf
!= h
);
4713 /* Return whether H has pc-relative dynamic relocs. */
4716 pc_dynrelocs (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
4718 struct elf_dyn_relocs
*p
;
4720 for (p
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->dyn_relocs
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
4721 if (p
->pc_count
!= 0)
4726 /* Adjust a symbol defined by a dynamic object and referenced by a
4727 regular object. The current definition is in some section of the
4728 dynamic object, but we're not including those sections. We have to
4729 change the definition to something the rest of the link can
4733 ppc_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
4734 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
4736 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
4740 fprintf (stderr
, "ppc_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol called for %s\n",
4741 h
->root
.root
.string
);
4744 /* Make sure we know what is going on here. */
4745 htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
4746 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->elf
.dynobj
!= NULL
4748 || h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
4752 && !h
->def_regular
)));
4754 /* Deal with function syms. */
4755 if (h
->type
== STT_FUNC
4756 || h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
4759 bfd_boolean local
= (SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info
, h
)
4760 || UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info
, h
));
4761 /* Discard dyn_relocs when non-pic if we've decided that a
4762 function symbol is local. */
4763 if (!bfd_link_pic (info
) && local
)
4764 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->dyn_relocs
= NULL
;
4766 /* Clear procedure linkage table information for any symbol that
4767 won't need a .plt entry. */
4768 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
4769 for (ent
= h
->plt
.plist
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
4770 if (ent
->plt
.refcount
> 0)
4773 || (h
->type
!= STT_GNU_IFUNC
4775 && (htab
->can_convert_all_inline_plt
4776 || (ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->tls_mask
4777 & (TLS_TLS
| PLT_KEEP
)) != PLT_KEEP
)))
4779 /* A PLT entry is not required/allowed when:
4781 1. We are not using ld.so; because then the PLT entry
4782 can't be set up, so we can't use one. In this case,
4783 ppc_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol won't even be called.
4785 2. GC has rendered the entry unused.
4787 3. We know for certain that a call to this symbol
4788 will go to this object, or will remain undefined. */
4789 h
->plt
.plist
= NULL
;
4791 h
->pointer_equality_needed
= 0;
4795 /* Taking a function's address in a read/write section
4796 doesn't require us to define the function symbol in the
4797 executable on a plt call stub. A dynamic reloc can
4798 be used instead, giving better runtime performance.
4799 (Calls via that function pointer don't need to bounce
4800 through the plt call stub.) Similarly, use a dynamic
4801 reloc for a weak reference when possible, allowing the
4802 resolution of the symbol to be set at load time rather
4804 if ((h
->pointer_equality_needed
4806 && !h
->ref_regular_nonweak
4807 && !UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info
, h
)))
4808 && !htab
->is_vxworks
4809 && !ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->has_sda_refs
4810 && !readonly_dynrelocs (h
))
4812 h
->pointer_equality_needed
= 0;
4813 /* If we haven't seen a branch reloc and the symbol
4814 isn't an ifunc then we don't need a plt entry. */
4815 if (!h
->needs_plt
&& h
->type
!= STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
4816 h
->plt
.plist
= NULL
;
4818 else if (!bfd_link_pic (info
))
4819 /* We are going to be defining the function symbol on the
4820 plt stub, so no dyn_relocs needed when non-pic. */
4821 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->dyn_relocs
= NULL
;
4823 h
->protected_def
= 0;
4824 /* Function symbols can't have copy relocs. */
4828 h
->plt
.plist
= NULL
;
4830 /* If this is a weak symbol, and there is a real definition, the
4831 processor independent code will have arranged for us to see the
4832 real definition first, and we can just use the same value. */
4833 if (h
->is_weakalias
)
4835 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*def
= weakdef (h
);
4836 BFD_ASSERT (def
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
);
4837 h
->root
.u
.def
.section
= def
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
4838 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
= def
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
4839 if (def
->root
.u
.def
.section
== htab
->elf
.sdynbss
4840 || def
->root
.u
.def
.section
== htab
->elf
.sdynrelro
4841 || def
->root
.u
.def
.section
== htab
->dynsbss
)
4842 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->dyn_relocs
= NULL
;
4846 /* This is a reference to a symbol defined by a dynamic object which
4847 is not a function. */
4849 /* If we are creating a shared library, we must presume that the
4850 only references to the symbol are via the global offset table.
4851 For such cases we need not do anything here; the relocations will
4852 be handled correctly by relocate_section. */
4853 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
4855 h
->protected_def
= 0;
4859 /* If there are no references to this symbol that do not use the
4860 GOT, we don't need to generate a copy reloc. */
4861 if (!h
->non_got_ref
)
4863 h
->protected_def
= 0;
4867 /* Protected variables do not work with .dynbss. The copy in
4868 .dynbss won't be used by the shared library with the protected
4869 definition for the variable. Editing to PIC, or text relocations
4870 are preferable to an incorrect program. */
4871 if (h
->protected_def
)
4873 if (ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS
4874 && ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->has_addr16_ha
4875 && ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->has_addr16_lo
4876 && htab
->params
->pic_fixup
== 0
4877 && info
->disable_target_specific_optimizations
<= 1)
4878 htab
->params
->pic_fixup
= 1;
4882 /* If -z nocopyreloc was given, we won't generate them either. */
4883 if (info
->nocopyreloc
)
4886 /* If we don't find any dynamic relocs in read-only sections, then
4887 we'll be keeping the dynamic relocs and avoiding the copy reloc.
4888 We can't do this if there are any small data relocations. This
4889 doesn't work on VxWorks, where we can not have dynamic
4890 relocations (other than copy and jump slot relocations) in an
4892 if (ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS
4893 && !ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->has_sda_refs
4894 && !htab
->is_vxworks
4896 && !alias_readonly_dynrelocs (h
))
4899 /* We must allocate the symbol in our .dynbss section, which will
4900 become part of the .bss section of the executable. There will be
4901 an entry for this symbol in the .dynsym section. The dynamic
4902 object will contain position independent code, so all references
4903 from the dynamic object to this symbol will go through the global
4904 offset table. The dynamic linker will use the .dynsym entry to
4905 determine the address it must put in the global offset table, so
4906 both the dynamic object and the regular object will refer to the
4907 same memory location for the variable.
4909 Of course, if the symbol is referenced using SDAREL relocs, we
4910 must instead allocate it in .sbss. */
4911 if (ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->has_sda_refs
)
4913 else if ((h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) != 0)
4914 s
= htab
->elf
.sdynrelro
;
4916 s
= htab
->elf
.sdynbss
;
4917 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
4919 if ((h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0 && h
->size
!= 0)
4923 /* We must generate a R_PPC_COPY reloc to tell the dynamic
4924 linker to copy the initial value out of the dynamic object
4925 and into the runtime process image. */
4926 if (ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->has_sda_refs
)
4927 srel
= htab
->relsbss
;
4928 else if ((h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) != 0)
4929 srel
= htab
->elf
.sreldynrelro
;
4931 srel
= htab
->elf
.srelbss
;
4932 BFD_ASSERT (srel
!= NULL
);
4933 srel
->size
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
4937 /* We no longer want dyn_relocs. */
4938 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->dyn_relocs
= NULL
;
4939 return _bfd_elf_adjust_dynamic_copy (info
, h
, s
);
4942 /* Generate a symbol to mark plt call stubs. For non-PIC code the sym is
4943 xxxxxxxx.plt_call32.<callee> where xxxxxxxx is a hex number, usually 0,
4944 specifying the addend on the plt relocation. For -fpic code, the sym
4945 is xxxxxxxx.plt_pic32.<callee>, and for -fPIC
4946 xxxxxxxx.got2.plt_pic32.<callee>. */
4949 add_stub_sym (struct plt_entry
*ent
,
4950 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
4951 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
4953 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*sh
;
4954 size_t len1
, len2
, len3
;
4957 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
4959 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
4960 stub
= ".plt_pic32.";
4962 stub
= ".plt_call32.";
4964 len1
= strlen (h
->root
.root
.string
);
4965 len2
= strlen (stub
);
4968 len3
= strlen (ent
->sec
->name
);
4969 name
= bfd_malloc (len1
+ len2
+ len3
+ 9);
4972 sprintf (name
, "%08x", (unsigned) ent
->addend
& 0xffffffff);
4974 memcpy (name
+ 8, ent
->sec
->name
, len3
);
4975 memcpy (name
+ 8 + len3
, stub
, len2
);
4976 memcpy (name
+ 8 + len3
+ len2
, h
->root
.root
.string
, len1
+ 1);
4977 sh
= elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->elf
, name
, TRUE
, FALSE
, FALSE
);
4980 if (sh
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_new
)
4982 sh
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_defined
;
4983 sh
->root
.u
.def
.section
= htab
->glink
;
4984 sh
->root
.u
.def
.value
= ent
->glink_offset
;
4985 sh
->ref_regular
= 1;
4986 sh
->def_regular
= 1;
4987 sh
->ref_regular_nonweak
= 1;
4988 sh
->forced_local
= 1;
4990 sh
->root
.linker_def
= 1;
4995 /* Allocate NEED contiguous space in .got, and return the offset.
4996 Handles allocation of the got header when crossing 32k. */
4999 allocate_got (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
, unsigned int need
)
5002 unsigned int max_before_header
;
5004 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_VXWORKS
)
5006 where
= htab
->elf
.sgot
->size
;
5007 htab
->elf
.sgot
->size
+= need
;
5011 max_before_header
= htab
->plt_type
== PLT_NEW
? 32768 : 32764;
5012 if (need
<= htab
->got_gap
)
5014 where
= max_before_header
- htab
->got_gap
;
5015 htab
->got_gap
-= need
;
5019 if (htab
->elf
.sgot
->size
+ need
> max_before_header
5020 && htab
->elf
.sgot
->size
<= max_before_header
)
5022 htab
->got_gap
= max_before_header
- htab
->elf
.sgot
->size
;
5023 htab
->elf
.sgot
->size
= max_before_header
+ htab
->got_header_size
;
5025 where
= htab
->elf
.sgot
->size
;
5026 htab
->elf
.sgot
->size
+= need
;
5032 /* Calculate size of GOT entries for symbol given its TLS_MASK.
5033 TLS_LD is excluded because those go in a special GOT slot. */
5035 static inline unsigned int
5036 got_entries_needed (int tls_mask
)
5039 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) == 0)
5044 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_GD
) != 0)
5046 if ((tls_mask
& (TLS_TPREL
| TLS_GDIE
)) != 0)
5048 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_DTPREL
) != 0)
5054 /* If H is undefined, make it dynamic if that makes sense. */
5057 ensure_undef_dynamic (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
5058 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
5060 struct elf_link_hash_table
*htab
= elf_hash_table (info
);
5062 if (htab
->dynamic_sections_created
5063 && ((info
->dynamic_undefined_weak
!= 0
5064 && h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
5065 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
)
5068 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_DEFAULT
)
5069 return bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
);
5073 /* Allocate space in associated reloc sections for dynamic relocs. */
5076 allocate_dynrelocs (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *inf
)
5078 struct bfd_link_info
*info
= inf
;
5079 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry
*eh
;
5080 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
5081 struct elf_dyn_relocs
*p
;
5084 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
5087 htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
5088 eh
= (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
5089 if (eh
->elf
.got
.refcount
> 0
5090 || (ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS
5091 && !eh
->elf
.def_regular
5092 && eh
->elf
.protected_def
5093 && eh
->has_addr16_ha
5094 && eh
->has_addr16_lo
5095 && htab
->params
->pic_fixup
> 0))
5099 /* Make sure this symbol is output as a dynamic symbol. */
5100 if (!ensure_undef_dynamic (info
, &eh
->elf
))
5104 if ((eh
->tls_mask
& (TLS_TLS
| TLS_LD
)) == (TLS_TLS
| TLS_LD
))
5106 if (SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, &eh
->elf
))
5107 /* We'll just use htab->tlsld_got.offset. This should
5108 always be the case. It's a little odd if we have
5109 a local dynamic reloc against a non-local symbol. */
5110 htab
->tlsld_got
.refcount
+= 1;
5114 need
+= got_entries_needed (eh
->tls_mask
);
5116 eh
->elf
.got
.offset
= (bfd_vma
) -1;
5119 eh
->elf
.got
.offset
= allocate_got (htab
, need
);
5120 if (((bfd_link_pic (info
)
5121 && !((eh
->tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0
5122 && bfd_link_executable (info
)
5123 && SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, &eh
->elf
)))
5124 || (htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
5125 && eh
->elf
.dynindx
!= -1
5126 && !SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, &eh
->elf
)))
5127 && !UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info
, &eh
->elf
))
5131 need
*= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
) / 4;
5132 if ((eh
->tls_mask
& (TLS_TLS
| TLS_LD
)) == (TLS_TLS
| TLS_LD
))
5133 need
-= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
5134 rsec
= htab
->elf
.srelgot
;
5135 if (eh
->elf
.type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
5136 rsec
= htab
->elf
.irelplt
;
5142 eh
->elf
.got
.offset
= (bfd_vma
) -1;
5144 /* If no dynamic sections we can't have dynamic relocs, except for
5145 IFUNCs which are handled even in static executables. */
5146 if (!htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
5147 && h
->type
!= STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
5148 eh
->dyn_relocs
= NULL
;
5150 /* Discard relocs on undefined symbols that must be local. */
5151 else if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
5152 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) != STV_DEFAULT
)
5153 eh
->dyn_relocs
= NULL
;
5155 /* Also discard relocs on undefined weak syms with non-default
5156 visibility, or when dynamic_undefined_weak says so. */
5157 else if (UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info
, h
))
5158 eh
->dyn_relocs
= NULL
;
5160 if (eh
->dyn_relocs
== NULL
)
5163 /* In the shared -Bsymbolic case, discard space allocated for
5164 dynamic pc-relative relocs against symbols which turn out to be
5165 defined in regular objects. For the normal shared case, discard
5166 space for relocs that have become local due to symbol visibility
5168 else if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
5170 /* Relocs that use pc_count are those that appear on a call insn,
5171 or certain REL relocs (see must_be_dyn_reloc) that can be
5172 generated via assembly. We want calls to protected symbols to
5173 resolve directly to the function rather than going via the plt.
5174 If people want function pointer comparisons to work as expected
5175 then they should avoid writing weird assembly. */
5176 if (SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info
, h
))
5178 struct elf_dyn_relocs
**pp
;
5180 for (pp
= &eh
->dyn_relocs
; (p
= *pp
) != NULL
; )
5182 p
->count
-= p
->pc_count
;
5191 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
5193 struct elf_dyn_relocs
**pp
;
5195 for (pp
= &eh
->dyn_relocs
; (p
= *pp
) != NULL
; )
5197 if (strcmp (p
->sec
->output_section
->name
, ".tls_vars") == 0)
5204 if (eh
->dyn_relocs
!= NULL
)
5206 /* Make sure this symbol is output as a dynamic symbol. */
5207 if (!ensure_undef_dynamic (info
, h
))
5211 else if (ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS
)
5213 /* For the non-pic case, discard space for relocs against
5214 symbols which turn out to need copy relocs or are not
5216 if (h
->dynamic_adjusted
5218 && !ELF_COMMON_DEF_P (h
)
5219 && !(h
->protected_def
5220 && eh
->has_addr16_ha
5221 && eh
->has_addr16_lo
5222 && htab
->params
->pic_fixup
> 0))
5224 /* Make sure this symbol is output as a dynamic symbol. */
5225 if (!ensure_undef_dynamic (info
, h
))
5228 if (h
->dynindx
== -1)
5229 eh
->dyn_relocs
= NULL
;
5232 eh
->dyn_relocs
= NULL
;
5235 /* Allocate space. */
5236 for (p
= eh
->dyn_relocs
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
5238 asection
*sreloc
= elf_section_data (p
->sec
)->sreloc
;
5239 if (eh
->elf
.type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
5240 sreloc
= htab
->elf
.irelplt
;
5241 sreloc
->size
+= p
->count
* sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
5244 /* Handle PLT relocs. Done last, after dynindx has settled.
5245 We might need a PLT entry when the symbol
5248 c) has plt16 relocs and has been processed by adjust_dynamic_symbol, or
5249 d) has plt16 relocs and we are linking statically. */
5250 dyn
= htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
&& h
->dynindx
!= -1;
5252 || h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
5253 || (h
->needs_plt
&& h
->dynamic_adjusted
)
5256 && !htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
5257 && !htab
->can_convert_all_inline_plt
5258 && (ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->tls_mask
5259 & (TLS_TLS
| PLT_KEEP
)) == PLT_KEEP
))
5261 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
5262 bfd_boolean doneone
= FALSE
;
5263 bfd_vma plt_offset
= 0, glink_offset
= (bfd_vma
) -1;
5265 for (ent
= h
->plt
.plist
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
5266 if (ent
->plt
.refcount
> 0)
5268 asection
*s
= htab
->elf
.splt
;
5272 if (h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
5278 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_NEW
|| !dyn
)
5282 plt_offset
= s
->size
;
5285 ent
->plt
.offset
= plt_offset
;
5287 if (s
== htab
->pltlocal
)
5288 ent
->glink_offset
= glink_offset
;
5292 if (!doneone
|| bfd_link_pic (info
))
5294 glink_offset
= s
->size
;
5295 s
->size
+= GLINK_ENTRY_SIZE (htab
, h
);
5298 && !bfd_link_pic (info
)
5302 h
->root
.u
.def
.section
= s
;
5303 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
= glink_offset
;
5305 ent
->glink_offset
= glink_offset
;
5307 if (htab
->params
->emit_stub_syms
5308 && !add_stub_sym (ent
, h
, info
))
5316 /* If this is the first .plt entry, make room
5317 for the special first entry. */
5319 s
->size
+= htab
->plt_initial_entry_size
;
5321 /* The PowerPC PLT is actually composed of two
5322 parts, the first part is 2 words (for a load
5323 and a jump), and then there is a remaining
5324 word available at the end. */
5325 plt_offset
= (htab
->plt_initial_entry_size
5326 + (htab
->plt_slot_size
5328 - htab
->plt_initial_entry_size
)
5329 / htab
->plt_entry_size
)));
5331 /* If this symbol is not defined in a regular
5332 file, and we are not generating a shared
5333 library, then set the symbol to this location
5334 in the .plt. This is to avoid text
5335 relocations, and is required to make
5336 function pointers compare as equal between
5337 the normal executable and the shared library. */
5338 if (! bfd_link_pic (info
)
5342 h
->root
.u
.def
.section
= s
;
5343 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
= plt_offset
;
5346 /* Make room for this entry. */
5347 s
->size
+= htab
->plt_entry_size
;
5348 /* After the 8192nd entry, room for two entries
5350 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_OLD
5351 && (s
->size
- htab
->plt_initial_entry_size
)
5352 / htab
->plt_entry_size
5353 > PLT_NUM_SINGLE_ENTRIES
)
5354 s
->size
+= htab
->plt_entry_size
;
5356 ent
->plt
.offset
= plt_offset
;
5359 /* We also need to make an entry in the .rela.plt section. */
5364 if (h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
5366 s
= htab
->elf
.irelplt
;
5367 s
->size
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
5369 else if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
5371 s
= htab
->relpltlocal
;
5372 s
->size
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
5377 htab
->elf
.srelplt
->size
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
5379 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_VXWORKS
)
5381 /* Allocate space for the unloaded relocations. */
5382 if (!bfd_link_pic (info
)
5383 && htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
)
5386 == (bfd_vma
) htab
->plt_initial_entry_size
)
5388 htab
->srelplt2
->size
5389 += (sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
)
5390 * VXWORKS_PLTRESOLVE_RELOCS
);
5393 htab
->srelplt2
->size
5394 += (sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
)
5395 * VXWORKS_PLT_NON_JMP_SLOT_RELOCS
);
5398 /* Every PLT entry has an associated GOT entry in
5400 htab
->elf
.sgotplt
->size
+= 4;
5407 ent
->plt
.offset
= (bfd_vma
) -1;
5411 h
->plt
.plist
= NULL
;
5417 h
->plt
.plist
= NULL
;
5424 /* Set DF_TEXTREL if we find any dynamic relocs that apply to
5425 read-only sections. */
5428 maybe_set_textrel (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *info_p
)
5432 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
5435 sec
= readonly_dynrelocs (h
);
5438 struct bfd_link_info
*info
= (struct bfd_link_info
*) info_p
;
5440 info
->flags
|= DF_TEXTREL
;
5441 info
->callbacks
->minfo
5442 (_("%pB: dynamic relocation against `%pT' in read-only section `%pA'\n"),
5443 sec
->owner
, h
->root
.root
.string
, sec
);
5445 /* Not an error, just cut short the traversal. */
5451 static const unsigned char glink_eh_frame_cie
[] =
5453 0, 0, 0, 16, /* length. */
5454 0, 0, 0, 0, /* id. */
5455 1, /* CIE version. */
5456 'z', 'R', 0, /* Augmentation string. */
5457 4, /* Code alignment. */
5458 0x7c, /* Data alignment. */
5460 1, /* Augmentation size. */
5461 DW_EH_PE_pcrel
| DW_EH_PE_sdata4
, /* FDE encoding. */
5462 DW_CFA_def_cfa
, 1, 0 /* def_cfa: r1 offset 0. */
5465 /* Set the sizes of the dynamic sections. */
5468 ppc_elf_size_dynamic_sections (bfd
*output_bfd
,
5469 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
5471 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
5477 fprintf (stderr
, "ppc_elf_size_dynamic_sections called\n");
5480 htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
5481 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->elf
.dynobj
!= NULL
);
5483 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
5485 /* Set the contents of the .interp section to the interpreter. */
5486 if (bfd_link_executable (info
) && !info
->nointerp
)
5488 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, ".interp");
5489 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
5490 s
->size
= sizeof ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER
;
5491 s
->contents
= (unsigned char *) ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER
;
5495 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_OLD
)
5496 htab
->got_header_size
= 16;
5497 else if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_NEW
)
5498 htab
->got_header_size
= 12;
5500 /* Set up .got offsets for local syms, and space for local dynamic
5502 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
!= NULL
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
5504 bfd_signed_vma
*local_got
;
5505 bfd_signed_vma
*end_local_got
;
5506 struct plt_entry
**local_plt
;
5507 struct plt_entry
**end_local_plt
;
5509 bfd_size_type locsymcount
;
5510 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
5512 if (!is_ppc_elf (ibfd
))
5515 for (s
= ibfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
5517 struct ppc_dyn_relocs
*p
;
5519 for (p
= ((struct ppc_dyn_relocs
*)
5520 elf_section_data (s
)->local_dynrel
);
5524 if (!bfd_is_abs_section (p
->sec
)
5525 && bfd_is_abs_section (p
->sec
->output_section
))
5527 /* Input section has been discarded, either because
5528 it is a copy of a linkonce section or due to
5529 linker script /DISCARD/, so we'll be discarding
5532 else if (htab
->is_vxworks
5533 && strcmp (p
->sec
->output_section
->name
,
5536 /* Relocations in vxworks .tls_vars sections are
5537 handled specially by the loader. */
5539 else if (p
->count
!= 0)
5541 asection
*sreloc
= elf_section_data (p
->sec
)->sreloc
;
5543 sreloc
= htab
->elf
.irelplt
;
5544 sreloc
->size
+= p
->count
* sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
5545 if ((p
->sec
->output_section
->flags
5546 & (SEC_READONLY
| SEC_ALLOC
))
5547 == (SEC_READONLY
| SEC_ALLOC
))
5549 info
->flags
|= DF_TEXTREL
;
5550 info
->callbacks
->minfo (_("%pB: dynamic relocation in read-only section `%pA'\n"),
5551 p
->sec
->owner
, p
->sec
);
5557 local_got
= elf_local_got_refcounts (ibfd
);
5561 symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd
);
5562 locsymcount
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
5563 end_local_got
= local_got
+ locsymcount
;
5564 local_plt
= (struct plt_entry
**) end_local_got
;
5565 end_local_plt
= local_plt
+ locsymcount
;
5566 lgot_masks
= (char *) end_local_plt
;
5568 for (; local_got
< end_local_got
; ++local_got
, ++lgot_masks
)
5572 if ((*lgot_masks
& (TLS_TLS
| TLS_LD
)) == (TLS_TLS
| TLS_LD
))
5573 htab
->tlsld_got
.refcount
+= 1;
5574 need
= got_entries_needed (*lgot_masks
);
5576 *local_got
= (bfd_vma
) -1;
5579 *local_got
= allocate_got (htab
, need
);
5580 if (bfd_link_pic (info
)
5581 && !((*lgot_masks
& TLS_TLS
) != 0
5582 && bfd_link_executable (info
)))
5586 need
*= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
) / 4;
5587 srel
= htab
->elf
.srelgot
;
5588 if ((*lgot_masks
& (TLS_TLS
| PLT_IFUNC
)) == PLT_IFUNC
)
5589 srel
= htab
->elf
.irelplt
;
5595 *local_got
= (bfd_vma
) -1;
5597 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
5600 /* Allocate space for calls to local STT_GNU_IFUNC syms in .iplt. */
5601 lgot_masks
= (char *) end_local_plt
;
5602 for (; local_plt
< end_local_plt
; ++local_plt
, ++lgot_masks
)
5604 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
5605 bfd_boolean doneone
= FALSE
;
5606 bfd_vma plt_offset
= 0, glink_offset
= (bfd_vma
) -1;
5608 for (ent
= *local_plt
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
5609 if (ent
->plt
.refcount
> 0)
5611 if ((*lgot_masks
& (TLS_TLS
| PLT_IFUNC
)) == PLT_IFUNC
)
5613 else if (htab
->can_convert_all_inline_plt
5614 || (*lgot_masks
& (TLS_TLS
| PLT_KEEP
)) != PLT_KEEP
)
5616 ent
->plt
.offset
= (bfd_vma
) -1;
5624 plt_offset
= s
->size
;
5627 ent
->plt
.offset
= plt_offset
;
5629 if (s
!= htab
->pltlocal
&& (!doneone
|| bfd_link_pic (info
)))
5632 glink_offset
= s
->size
;
5633 s
->size
+= GLINK_ENTRY_SIZE (htab
, NULL
);
5635 ent
->glink_offset
= glink_offset
;
5639 if ((*lgot_masks
& (TLS_TLS
| PLT_IFUNC
)) == PLT_IFUNC
)
5641 s
= htab
->elf
.irelplt
;
5642 s
->size
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
5644 else if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
5646 s
= htab
->relpltlocal
;
5647 s
->size
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
5653 ent
->plt
.offset
= (bfd_vma
) -1;
5657 /* Allocate space for global sym dynamic relocs. */
5658 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
), allocate_dynrelocs
, info
);
5660 if (htab
->tlsld_got
.refcount
> 0)
5662 htab
->tlsld_got
.offset
= allocate_got (htab
, 8);
5663 if (bfd_link_dll (info
))
5664 htab
->elf
.srelgot
->size
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
5667 htab
->tlsld_got
.offset
= (bfd_vma
) -1;
5669 if (htab
->elf
.sgot
!= NULL
&& htab
->plt_type
!= PLT_VXWORKS
)
5671 unsigned int g_o_t
= 32768;
5673 /* If we haven't allocated the header, do so now. When we get here,
5674 for old plt/got the got size will be 0 to 32764 (not allocated),
5675 or 32780 to 65536 (header allocated). For new plt/got, the
5676 corresponding ranges are 0 to 32768 and 32780 to 65536. */
5677 if (htab
->elf
.sgot
->size
<= 32768)
5679 g_o_t
= htab
->elf
.sgot
->size
;
5680 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_OLD
)
5682 htab
->elf
.sgot
->size
+= htab
->got_header_size
;
5685 htab
->elf
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.value
= g_o_t
;
5687 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
5689 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*sda
= htab
->sdata
[0].sym
;
5691 sda
->root
.u
.def
.section
= htab
->elf
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
5692 sda
->root
.u
.def
.value
= htab
->elf
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
5694 if (info
->emitrelocations
)
5696 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*sda
= htab
->sdata
[0].sym
;
5698 if (sda
!= NULL
&& sda
->ref_regular
)
5699 sda
->root
.u
.def
.section
->flags
|= SEC_KEEP
;
5700 sda
= htab
->sdata
[1].sym
;
5701 if (sda
!= NULL
&& sda
->ref_regular
)
5702 sda
->root
.u
.def
.section
->flags
|= SEC_KEEP
;
5705 if (htab
->glink
!= NULL
5706 && htab
->glink
->size
!= 0
5707 && htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
)
5709 htab
->glink_pltresolve
= htab
->glink
->size
;
5710 /* Space for the branch table. */
5712 += htab
->elf
.srelplt
->size
/ (sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
) / 4) - 4;
5713 /* Pad out to align the start of PLTresolve. */
5714 htab
->glink
->size
+= -htab
->glink
->size
& (htab
->params
->ppc476_workaround
5716 htab
->glink
->size
+= GLINK_PLTRESOLVE
;
5718 if (htab
->params
->emit_stub_syms
)
5720 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*sh
;
5721 sh
= elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->elf
, "__glink",
5722 TRUE
, FALSE
, FALSE
);
5725 if (sh
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_new
)
5727 sh
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_defined
;
5728 sh
->root
.u
.def
.section
= htab
->glink
;
5729 sh
->root
.u
.def
.value
= htab
->glink_pltresolve
;
5730 sh
->ref_regular
= 1;
5731 sh
->def_regular
= 1;
5732 sh
->ref_regular_nonweak
= 1;
5733 sh
->forced_local
= 1;
5735 sh
->root
.linker_def
= 1;
5737 sh
= elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->elf
, "__glink_PLTresolve",
5738 TRUE
, FALSE
, FALSE
);
5741 if (sh
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_new
)
5743 sh
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_defined
;
5744 sh
->root
.u
.def
.section
= htab
->glink
;
5745 sh
->root
.u
.def
.value
= htab
->glink
->size
- GLINK_PLTRESOLVE
;
5746 sh
->ref_regular
= 1;
5747 sh
->def_regular
= 1;
5748 sh
->ref_regular_nonweak
= 1;
5749 sh
->forced_local
= 1;
5751 sh
->root
.linker_def
= 1;
5756 if (htab
->glink
!= NULL
5757 && htab
->glink
->size
!= 0
5758 && htab
->glink_eh_frame
!= NULL
5759 && !bfd_is_abs_section (htab
->glink_eh_frame
->output_section
)
5760 && _bfd_elf_eh_frame_present (info
))
5762 s
= htab
->glink_eh_frame
;
5763 s
->size
= sizeof (glink_eh_frame_cie
) + 20;
5764 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
5767 if (htab
->glink
->size
- GLINK_PLTRESOLVE
+ 8 >= 256)
5772 /* We've now determined the sizes of the various dynamic sections.
5773 Allocate memory for them. */
5775 for (s
= htab
->elf
.dynobj
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
5777 bfd_boolean strip_section
= TRUE
;
5779 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) == 0)
5782 if (s
== htab
->elf
.splt
5783 || s
== htab
->elf
.sgot
)
5785 /* We'd like to strip these sections if they aren't needed, but if
5786 we've exported dynamic symbols from them we must leave them.
5787 It's too late to tell BFD to get rid of the symbols. */
5788 if (htab
->elf
.hplt
!= NULL
)
5789 strip_section
= FALSE
;
5790 /* Strip this section if we don't need it; see the
5793 else if (s
== htab
->elf
.iplt
5794 || s
== htab
->pltlocal
5796 || s
== htab
->glink_eh_frame
5797 || s
== htab
->elf
.sgotplt
5799 || s
== htab
->elf
.sdynbss
5800 || s
== htab
->elf
.sdynrelro
5801 || s
== htab
->dynsbss
)
5803 /* Strip these too. */
5805 else if (s
== htab
->sdata
[0].section
5806 || s
== htab
->sdata
[1].section
)
5808 strip_section
= (s
->flags
& SEC_KEEP
) == 0;
5810 else if (CONST_STRNEQ (bfd_section_name (s
), ".rela"))
5814 /* Remember whether there are any relocation sections. */
5817 /* We use the reloc_count field as a counter if we need
5818 to copy relocs into the output file. */
5824 /* It's not one of our sections, so don't allocate space. */
5828 if (s
->size
== 0 && strip_section
)
5830 /* If we don't need this section, strip it from the
5831 output file. This is mostly to handle .rela.bss and
5832 .rela.plt. We must create both sections in
5833 create_dynamic_sections, because they must be created
5834 before the linker maps input sections to output
5835 sections. The linker does that before
5836 adjust_dynamic_symbol is called, and it is that
5837 function which decides whether anything needs to go
5838 into these sections. */
5839 s
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
5843 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
) == 0)
5846 /* Allocate memory for the section contents. */
5847 s
->contents
= bfd_zalloc (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, s
->size
);
5848 if (s
->contents
== NULL
)
5852 if (htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
)
5854 /* Add some entries to the .dynamic section. We fill in the
5855 values later, in ppc_elf_finish_dynamic_sections, but we
5856 must add the entries now so that we get the correct size for
5857 the .dynamic section. The DT_DEBUG entry is filled in by the
5858 dynamic linker and used by the debugger. */
5859 #define add_dynamic_entry(TAG, VAL) \
5860 _bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info, TAG, VAL)
5862 if (bfd_link_executable (info
))
5864 if (!add_dynamic_entry (DT_DEBUG
, 0))
5868 if (htab
->elf
.splt
!= NULL
&& htab
->elf
.splt
->size
!= 0)
5870 if (!add_dynamic_entry (DT_PLTGOT
, 0)
5871 || !add_dynamic_entry (DT_PLTRELSZ
, 0)
5872 || !add_dynamic_entry (DT_PLTREL
, DT_RELA
)
5873 || !add_dynamic_entry (DT_JMPREL
, 0))
5877 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_NEW
5878 && htab
->glink
!= NULL
5879 && htab
->glink
->size
!= 0)
5881 if (!add_dynamic_entry (DT_PPC_GOT
, 0))
5883 if (!htab
->params
->no_tls_get_addr_opt
5884 && htab
->tls_get_addr
!= NULL
5885 && htab
->tls_get_addr
->plt
.plist
!= NULL
5886 && !add_dynamic_entry (DT_PPC_OPT
, PPC_OPT_TLS
))
5892 if (!add_dynamic_entry (DT_RELA
, 0)
5893 || !add_dynamic_entry (DT_RELASZ
, 0)
5894 || !add_dynamic_entry (DT_RELAENT
, sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
)))
5898 /* If any dynamic relocs apply to a read-only section, then we
5899 need a DT_TEXTREL entry. */
5900 if ((info
->flags
& DF_TEXTREL
) == 0)
5901 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
), maybe_set_textrel
,
5904 if ((info
->flags
& DF_TEXTREL
) != 0)
5906 if (!add_dynamic_entry (DT_TEXTREL
, 0))
5909 if (htab
->is_vxworks
5910 && !elf_vxworks_add_dynamic_entries (output_bfd
, info
))
5913 #undef add_dynamic_entry
5915 if (htab
->glink_eh_frame
!= NULL
5916 && htab
->glink_eh_frame
->contents
!= NULL
)
5918 unsigned char *p
= htab
->glink_eh_frame
->contents
;
5921 memcpy (p
, glink_eh_frame_cie
, sizeof (glink_eh_frame_cie
));
5922 /* CIE length (rewrite in case little-endian). */
5923 bfd_put_32 (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, sizeof (glink_eh_frame_cie
) - 4, p
);
5924 p
+= sizeof (glink_eh_frame_cie
);
5926 val
= htab
->glink_eh_frame
->size
- 4 - sizeof (glink_eh_frame_cie
);
5927 bfd_put_32 (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, val
, p
);
5930 val
= p
- htab
->glink_eh_frame
->contents
;
5931 bfd_put_32 (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, val
, p
);
5933 /* Offset to .glink. Set later. */
5936 bfd_put_32 (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, htab
->glink
->size
, p
);
5941 if (bfd_link_pic (info
)
5942 && htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
)
5944 bfd_vma adv
= (htab
->glink
->size
- GLINK_PLTRESOLVE
+ 8) >> 2;
5946 *p
++ = DW_CFA_advance_loc
+ adv
;
5949 *p
++ = DW_CFA_advance_loc1
;
5952 else if (adv
< 65536)
5954 *p
++ = DW_CFA_advance_loc2
;
5955 bfd_put_16 (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, adv
, p
);
5960 *p
++ = DW_CFA_advance_loc4
;
5961 bfd_put_32 (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, adv
, p
);
5964 *p
++ = DW_CFA_register
;
5967 *p
++ = DW_CFA_advance_loc
+ 4;
5968 *p
++ = DW_CFA_restore_extended
;
5971 BFD_ASSERT ((bfd_vma
) ((p
+ 3 - htab
->glink_eh_frame
->contents
) & -4)
5972 == htab
->glink_eh_frame
->size
);
5978 /* Arrange to have _SDA_BASE_ or _SDA2_BASE_ stripped from the output
5979 if it looks like nothing is using them. */
5982 maybe_strip_sdasym (bfd
*output_bfd
, elf_linker_section_t
*lsect
)
5984 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*sda
= lsect
->sym
;
5986 if (sda
!= NULL
&& !sda
->ref_regular
&& sda
->dynindx
== -1)
5990 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, lsect
->name
);
5991 if (s
== NULL
|| bfd_section_removed_from_list (output_bfd
, s
))
5993 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, lsect
->bss_name
);
5994 if (s
== NULL
|| bfd_section_removed_from_list (output_bfd
, s
))
5996 sda
->def_regular
= 0;
5997 /* This is somewhat magic. See elf_link_output_extsym. */
5998 sda
->ref_dynamic
= 1;
5999 sda
->forced_local
= 0;
6006 ppc_elf_maybe_strip_sdata_syms (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
6008 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
6012 maybe_strip_sdasym (info
->output_bfd
, &htab
->sdata
[0]);
6013 maybe_strip_sdasym (info
->output_bfd
, &htab
->sdata
[1]);
6018 /* Return TRUE if symbol should be hashed in the `.gnu.hash' section. */
6021 ppc_elf_hash_symbol (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
6023 if (h
->plt
.plist
!= NULL
6025 && (!h
->pointer_equality_needed
6026 || !h
->ref_regular_nonweak
))
6029 return _bfd_elf_hash_symbol (h
);
6032 #define ARRAY_SIZE(a) (sizeof (a) / sizeof ((a)[0]))
6034 /* Relaxation trampolines. r12 is available for clobbering (r11, is
6035 used for some functions that are allowed to break the ABI). */
6036 static const int shared_stub_entry
[] =
6038 0x7c0802a6, /* mflr 0 */
6039 0x429f0005, /* bcl 20, 31, .Lxxx */
6040 0x7d8802a6, /* mflr 12 */
6041 0x3d8c0000, /* addis 12, 12, (xxx-.Lxxx)@ha */
6042 0x398c0000, /* addi 12, 12, (xxx-.Lxxx)@l */
6043 0x7c0803a6, /* mtlr 0 */
6044 0x7d8903a6, /* mtctr 12 */
6045 0x4e800420, /* bctr */
6048 static const int stub_entry
[] =
6050 0x3d800000, /* lis 12,xxx@ha */
6051 0x398c0000, /* addi 12,12,xxx@l */
6052 0x7d8903a6, /* mtctr 12 */
6053 0x4e800420, /* bctr */
6056 struct ppc_elf_relax_info
6058 unsigned int workaround_size
;
6059 unsigned int picfixup_size
;
6062 /* This function implements long branch trampolines, and the ppc476
6063 icache bug workaround. Any section needing trampolines or patch
6064 space for the workaround has its size extended so that we can
6065 add trampolines at the end of the section. */
6068 ppc_elf_relax_section (bfd
*abfd
,
6070 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
,
6073 struct one_branch_fixup
6075 struct one_branch_fixup
*next
;
6077 /* Final link, can use the symbol offset. For a
6078 relocatable link we use the symbol's index. */
6083 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
6084 bfd_byte
*contents
= NULL
;
6085 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymbuf
= NULL
;
6086 Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_relocs
= NULL
;
6087 Elf_Internal_Rela
*irel
, *irelend
= NULL
;
6088 struct one_branch_fixup
*branch_fixups
= NULL
;
6089 struct ppc_elf_relax_info
*relax_info
= NULL
;
6090 unsigned changes
= 0;
6091 bfd_boolean workaround_change
;
6092 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
6093 bfd_size_type trampbase
, trampoff
, newsize
, picfixup_size
;
6095 bfd_boolean maybe_pasted
;
6099 /* No need to do anything with non-alloc or non-code sections. */
6100 if ((isec
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) == 0
6101 || (isec
->flags
& SEC_CODE
) == 0
6102 || (isec
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) != 0
6106 /* We cannot represent the required PIC relocs in the output, so don't
6107 do anything. The linker doesn't support mixing -shared and -r
6109 if (bfd_link_relocatable (link_info
) && bfd_link_pic (link_info
))
6112 htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (link_info
);
6116 isec
->size
= (isec
->size
+ 3) & -4;
6117 if (isec
->rawsize
== 0)
6118 isec
->rawsize
= isec
->size
;
6119 trampbase
= isec
->size
;
6121 BFD_ASSERT (isec
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_NONE
6122 || isec
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_TARGET
);
6123 isec
->sec_info_type
= SEC_INFO_TYPE_TARGET
;
6125 if (htab
->params
->ppc476_workaround
6126 || htab
->params
->pic_fixup
> 0)
6128 if (elf_section_data (isec
)->sec_info
== NULL
)
6130 elf_section_data (isec
)->sec_info
6131 = bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof (struct ppc_elf_relax_info
));
6132 if (elf_section_data (isec
)->sec_info
== NULL
)
6135 relax_info
= elf_section_data (isec
)->sec_info
;
6136 trampbase
-= relax_info
->workaround_size
;
6139 maybe_pasted
= (strcmp (isec
->output_section
->name
, ".init") == 0
6140 || strcmp (isec
->output_section
->name
, ".fini") == 0);
6141 /* Space for a branch around any trampolines. */
6142 trampoff
= trampbase
;
6143 if (maybe_pasted
&& trampbase
== isec
->rawsize
)
6146 symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (abfd
);
6148 if (htab
->params
->branch_trampolines
6149 || htab
->params
->pic_fixup
> 0)
6151 /* Get a copy of the native relocations. */
6152 if (isec
->reloc_count
!= 0)
6154 internal_relocs
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd
, isec
, NULL
, NULL
,
6155 link_info
->keep_memory
);
6156 if (internal_relocs
== NULL
)
6160 got2
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".got2");
6162 irelend
= internal_relocs
+ isec
->reloc_count
;
6163 for (irel
= internal_relocs
; irel
< irelend
; irel
++)
6165 unsigned long r_type
= ELF32_R_TYPE (irel
->r_info
);
6168 struct one_branch_fixup
*f
;
6169 size_t insn_offset
= 0;
6170 bfd_vma max_branch_offset
= 0, val
;
6173 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
6174 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
6175 struct plt_entry
**plist
;
6176 unsigned char sym_type
;
6181 case R_PPC_LOCAL24PC
:
6182 case R_PPC_PLTREL24
:
6184 max_branch_offset
= 1 << 25;
6188 case R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN
:
6189 case R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN
:
6190 max_branch_offset
= 1 << 15;
6193 case R_PPC_ADDR16_HA
:
6194 if (htab
->params
->pic_fixup
> 0)
6202 /* Get the value of the symbol referred to by the reloc. */
6203 if (!get_sym_h (&h
, &isym
, &tsec
, NULL
, &isymbuf
,
6204 ELF32_R_SYM (irel
->r_info
), abfd
))
6211 else if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_ABS
)
6212 tsec
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
6216 toff
= isym
->st_value
;
6217 sym_type
= ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
);
6222 toff
= h
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
6223 else if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
6224 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
6228 indx
= ELF32_R_SYM (irel
->r_info
) - symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
6229 tsec
= bfd_und_section_ptr
;
6230 toff
= bfd_link_relocatable (link_info
) ? indx
: 0;
6235 /* If this branch is to __tls_get_addr then we may later
6236 optimise away the call. We won't be needing a long-
6237 branch stub in that case. */
6238 if (bfd_link_executable (link_info
)
6239 && h
== htab
->tls_get_addr
6240 && irel
!= internal_relocs
)
6242 unsigned long t_symndx
= ELF32_R_SYM (irel
[-1].r_info
);
6243 unsigned long t_rtype
= ELF32_R_TYPE (irel
[-1].r_info
);
6244 unsigned int tls_mask
= 0;
6246 /* The previous reloc should be one of R_PPC_TLSGD or
6247 R_PPC_TLSLD, or for older object files, a reloc
6248 on the __tls_get_addr arg setup insn. Get tls
6249 mask bits from the symbol on that reloc. */
6250 if (t_symndx
< symtab_hdr
->sh_info
)
6252 bfd_vma
*local_got_offsets
= elf_local_got_offsets (abfd
);
6254 if (local_got_offsets
!= NULL
)
6256 struct plt_entry
**local_plt
= (struct plt_entry
**)
6257 (local_got_offsets
+ symtab_hdr
->sh_info
);
6258 char *lgot_masks
= (char *)
6259 (local_plt
+ symtab_hdr
->sh_info
);
6260 tls_mask
= lgot_masks
[t_symndx
];
6265 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*th
6266 = elf_sym_hashes (abfd
)[t_symndx
- symtab_hdr
->sh_info
];
6268 while (th
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
6269 || th
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
6270 th
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) th
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
6273 = ((struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry
*) th
)->tls_mask
;
6276 /* The mask bits tell us if the call will be
6278 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0 && (tls_mask
& TLS_GD
) == 0
6279 && (t_rtype
== R_PPC_TLSGD
6280 || t_rtype
== R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16
6281 || t_rtype
== R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO
))
6283 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0 && (tls_mask
& TLS_LD
) == 0
6284 && (t_rtype
== R_PPC_TLSLD
6285 || t_rtype
== R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16
6286 || t_rtype
== R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO
))
6293 if (r_type
== R_PPC_ADDR16_HA
)
6298 && ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->has_addr16_ha
6299 && ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->has_addr16_lo
)
6300 picfixup_size
+= 12;
6304 /* The condition here under which we call find_plt_ent must
6305 match that in relocate_section. If we call find_plt_ent here
6306 but not in relocate_section, or vice versa, then the branch
6307 destination used here may be incorrect. */
6311 /* We know is_branch_reloc (r_type) is true. */
6312 if (h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
6313 || r_type
== R_PPC_PLTREL24
)
6314 plist
= &h
->plt
.plist
;
6316 else if (sym_type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
6317 && elf_local_got_offsets (abfd
) != NULL
)
6319 bfd_vma
*local_got_offsets
= elf_local_got_offsets (abfd
);
6320 struct plt_entry
**local_plt
= (struct plt_entry
**)
6321 (local_got_offsets
+ symtab_hdr
->sh_info
);
6322 plist
= local_plt
+ ELF32_R_SYM (irel
->r_info
);
6327 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
6329 if (r_type
== R_PPC_PLTREL24
&& bfd_link_pic (link_info
))
6330 addend
= irel
->r_addend
;
6331 ent
= find_plt_ent (plist
, got2
, addend
);
6334 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_NEW
6336 || !htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
6337 || h
->dynindx
== -1)
6340 toff
= ent
->glink_offset
;
6344 tsec
= htab
->elf
.splt
;
6345 toff
= ent
->plt
.offset
;
6350 /* If the branch and target are in the same section, you have
6351 no hope of adding stubs. We'll error out later should the
6356 /* toff is used for the symbol index when the symbol is
6357 undefined and we're doing a relocatable link, so we can't
6358 support addends. It would be possible to do so by
6359 putting the addend in one_branch_fixup but addends on
6360 branches are rare so it hardly seems worth supporting. */
6361 if (bfd_link_relocatable (link_info
)
6362 && tsec
== bfd_und_section_ptr
6363 && r_type
!= R_PPC_PLTREL24
6364 && irel
->r_addend
!= 0)
6367 /* There probably isn't any reason to handle symbols in
6368 SEC_MERGE sections; SEC_MERGE doesn't seem a likely
6369 attribute for a code section, and we are only looking at
6370 branches. However, implement it correctly here as a
6371 reference for other target relax_section functions. */
6372 if (0 && tsec
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_MERGE
)
6374 /* At this stage in linking, no SEC_MERGE symbol has been
6375 adjusted, so all references to such symbols need to be
6376 passed through _bfd_merged_section_offset. (Later, in
6377 relocate_section, all SEC_MERGE symbols *except* for
6378 section symbols have been adjusted.)
6380 gas may reduce relocations against symbols in SEC_MERGE
6381 sections to a relocation against the section symbol when
6382 the original addend was zero. When the reloc is against
6383 a section symbol we should include the addend in the
6384 offset passed to _bfd_merged_section_offset, since the
6385 location of interest is the original symbol. On the
6386 other hand, an access to "sym+addend" where "sym" is not
6387 a section symbol should not include the addend; Such an
6388 access is presumed to be an offset from "sym"; The
6389 location of interest is just "sym". */
6390 if (sym_type
== STT_SECTION
6391 && r_type
!= R_PPC_PLTREL24
)
6392 toff
+= irel
->r_addend
;
6395 = _bfd_merged_section_offset (abfd
, &tsec
,
6396 elf_section_data (tsec
)->sec_info
,
6399 if (sym_type
!= STT_SECTION
6400 && r_type
!= R_PPC_PLTREL24
)
6401 toff
+= irel
->r_addend
;
6403 /* PLTREL24 addends are special. */
6404 else if (r_type
!= R_PPC_PLTREL24
)
6405 toff
+= irel
->r_addend
;
6407 /* Attempted -shared link of non-pic code loses. */
6408 if ((!bfd_link_relocatable (link_info
)
6409 && tsec
== bfd_und_section_ptr
)
6410 || tsec
->output_section
== NULL
6411 || (tsec
->owner
!= NULL
6412 && (tsec
->owner
->flags
& BFD_PLUGIN
) != 0))
6415 roff
= irel
->r_offset
;
6417 /* Avoid creating a lot of unnecessary fixups when
6418 relocatable if the output section size is such that a
6419 fixup can be created at final link.
6420 The max_branch_offset adjustment allows for some number
6421 of other fixups being needed at final link. */
6422 if (bfd_link_relocatable (link_info
)
6423 && (isec
->output_section
->rawsize
- (isec
->output_offset
+ roff
)
6424 < max_branch_offset
- (max_branch_offset
>> 4)))
6427 /* If the branch is in range, no need to do anything. */
6428 if (tsec
!= bfd_und_section_ptr
6429 && (!bfd_link_relocatable (link_info
)
6430 /* A relocatable link may have sections moved during
6431 final link, so do not presume they remain in range. */
6432 || tsec
->output_section
== isec
->output_section
))
6434 bfd_vma symaddr
, reladdr
;
6436 symaddr
= tsec
->output_section
->vma
+ tsec
->output_offset
+ toff
;
6437 reladdr
= isec
->output_section
->vma
+ isec
->output_offset
+ roff
;
6438 if (symaddr
- reladdr
+ max_branch_offset
6439 < 2 * max_branch_offset
)
6443 /* Look for an existing fixup to this address. */
6444 for (f
= branch_fixups
; f
; f
= f
->next
)
6445 if (f
->tsec
== tsec
&& f
->toff
== toff
)
6451 unsigned long stub_rtype
;
6453 val
= trampoff
- roff
;
6454 if (val
>= max_branch_offset
)
6455 /* Oh dear, we can't reach a trampoline. Don't try to add
6456 one. We'll report an error later. */
6459 if (bfd_link_pic (link_info
))
6461 size
= 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (shared_stub_entry
);
6466 size
= 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (stub_entry
);
6469 stub_rtype
= R_PPC_RELAX
;
6470 if (tsec
== htab
->elf
.splt
6471 || tsec
== htab
->glink
)
6473 stub_rtype
= R_PPC_RELAX_PLT
;
6474 if (r_type
== R_PPC_PLTREL24
)
6475 stub_rtype
= R_PPC_RELAX_PLTREL24
;
6478 /* Hijack the old relocation. Since we need two
6479 relocations for this use a "composite" reloc. */
6480 irel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (ELF32_R_SYM (irel
->r_info
),
6482 irel
->r_offset
= trampoff
+ insn_offset
;
6483 if (r_type
== R_PPC_PLTREL24
6484 && stub_rtype
!= R_PPC_RELAX_PLTREL24
)
6487 /* Record the fixup so we don't do it again this section. */
6488 f
= bfd_malloc (sizeof (*f
));
6489 f
->next
= branch_fixups
;
6492 f
->trampoff
= trampoff
;
6500 val
= f
->trampoff
- roff
;
6501 if (val
>= max_branch_offset
)
6504 /* Nop out the reloc, since we're finalizing things here. */
6505 irel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_NONE
);
6508 /* Get the section contents. */
6509 if (contents
== NULL
)
6511 /* Get cached copy if it exists. */
6512 if (elf_section_data (isec
)->this_hdr
.contents
!= NULL
)
6513 contents
= elf_section_data (isec
)->this_hdr
.contents
;
6514 /* Go get them off disk. */
6515 else if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd
, isec
, &contents
))
6519 /* Fix up the existing branch to hit the trampoline. */
6520 hit_addr
= contents
+ roff
;
6524 case R_PPC_LOCAL24PC
:
6525 case R_PPC_PLTREL24
:
6526 t0
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, hit_addr
);
6528 t0
|= val
& 0x3fffffc;
6529 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, t0
, hit_addr
);
6533 case R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN
:
6534 case R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN
:
6535 t0
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, hit_addr
);
6538 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, t0
, hit_addr
);
6543 while (branch_fixups
!= NULL
)
6545 struct one_branch_fixup
*f
= branch_fixups
;
6546 branch_fixups
= branch_fixups
->next
;
6551 workaround_change
= FALSE
;
6553 if (htab
->params
->ppc476_workaround
6554 && (!bfd_link_relocatable (link_info
)
6555 || isec
->output_section
->alignment_power
>= htab
->params
->pagesize_p2
))
6557 bfd_vma addr
, end_addr
;
6558 unsigned int crossings
;
6559 bfd_vma pagesize
= (bfd_vma
) 1 << htab
->params
->pagesize_p2
;
6561 addr
= isec
->output_section
->vma
+ isec
->output_offset
;
6562 end_addr
= addr
+ trampoff
;
6564 crossings
= ((end_addr
& -pagesize
) - addr
) >> htab
->params
->pagesize_p2
;
6567 /* Keep space aligned, to ensure the patch code itself does
6568 not cross a page. Don't decrease size calculated on a
6569 previous pass as otherwise we might never settle on a layout. */
6570 newsize
= 15 - ((end_addr
- 1) & 15);
6571 newsize
+= crossings
* 16;
6572 if (relax_info
->workaround_size
< newsize
)
6574 relax_info
->workaround_size
= newsize
;
6575 workaround_change
= TRUE
;
6577 /* Ensure relocate_section is called. */
6578 isec
->flags
|= SEC_RELOC
;
6580 newsize
= trampoff
+ relax_info
->workaround_size
;
6583 if (htab
->params
->pic_fixup
> 0)
6585 picfixup_size
-= relax_info
->picfixup_size
;
6586 if (picfixup_size
!= 0)
6587 relax_info
->picfixup_size
+= picfixup_size
;
6588 newsize
+= relax_info
->picfixup_size
;
6591 if (changes
!= 0 || picfixup_size
!= 0 || workaround_change
)
6592 isec
->size
= newsize
;
6595 && symtab_hdr
->contents
!= (unsigned char *) isymbuf
)
6597 if (! link_info
->keep_memory
)
6601 /* Cache the symbols for elf_link_input_bfd. */
6602 symtab_hdr
->contents
= (unsigned char *) isymbuf
;
6606 if (contents
!= NULL
6607 && elf_section_data (isec
)->this_hdr
.contents
!= contents
)
6609 if (!changes
&& !link_info
->keep_memory
)
6613 /* Cache the section contents for elf_link_input_bfd. */
6614 elf_section_data (isec
)->this_hdr
.contents
= contents
;
6618 changes
+= picfixup_size
;
6621 /* Append sufficient NOP relocs so we can write out relocation
6622 information for the trampolines. */
6623 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*rel_hdr
;
6624 Elf_Internal_Rela
*new_relocs
= bfd_malloc ((changes
+ isec
->reloc_count
)
6625 * sizeof (*new_relocs
));
6630 memcpy (new_relocs
, internal_relocs
,
6631 isec
->reloc_count
* sizeof (*new_relocs
));
6632 for (ix
= changes
; ix
--;)
6634 irel
= new_relocs
+ ix
+ isec
->reloc_count
;
6636 irel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_NONE
);
6638 if (internal_relocs
!= elf_section_data (isec
)->relocs
)
6639 free (internal_relocs
);
6640 elf_section_data (isec
)->relocs
= new_relocs
;
6641 isec
->reloc_count
+= changes
;
6642 rel_hdr
= _bfd_elf_single_rel_hdr (isec
);
6643 rel_hdr
->sh_size
+= changes
* rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
;
6645 else if (internal_relocs
!= NULL
6646 && elf_section_data (isec
)->relocs
!= internal_relocs
)
6647 free (internal_relocs
);
6649 *again
= changes
!= 0 || workaround_change
;
6653 while (branch_fixups
!= NULL
)
6655 struct one_branch_fixup
*f
= branch_fixups
;
6656 branch_fixups
= branch_fixups
->next
;
6659 if (isymbuf
!= NULL
&& (unsigned char *) isymbuf
!= symtab_hdr
->contents
)
6661 if (contents
!= NULL
6662 && elf_section_data (isec
)->this_hdr
.contents
!= contents
)
6664 if (internal_relocs
!= NULL
6665 && elf_section_data (isec
)->relocs
!= internal_relocs
)
6666 free (internal_relocs
);
6670 /* What to do when ld finds relocations against symbols defined in
6671 discarded sections. */
6674 ppc_elf_action_discarded (asection
*sec
)
6676 if (strcmp (".fixup", sec
->name
) == 0)
6679 if (strcmp (".got2", sec
->name
) == 0)
6682 return _bfd_elf_default_action_discarded (sec
);
6685 /* Fill in the address for a pointer generated in a linker section. */
6688 elf_finish_pointer_linker_section (bfd
*input_bfd
,
6689 elf_linker_section_t
*lsect
,
6690 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
6692 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
)
6694 elf_linker_section_pointers_t
*linker_section_ptr
;
6696 BFD_ASSERT (lsect
!= NULL
);
6700 /* Handle global symbol. */
6701 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry
*eh
;
6703 eh
= (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
6704 BFD_ASSERT (eh
->elf
.def_regular
);
6705 linker_section_ptr
= eh
->linker_section_pointer
;
6709 /* Handle local symbol. */
6710 unsigned long r_symndx
= ELF32_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
6712 BFD_ASSERT (is_ppc_elf (input_bfd
));
6713 BFD_ASSERT (elf_local_ptr_offsets (input_bfd
) != NULL
);
6714 linker_section_ptr
= elf_local_ptr_offsets (input_bfd
)[r_symndx
];
6717 linker_section_ptr
= elf_find_pointer_linker_section (linker_section_ptr
,
6720 BFD_ASSERT (linker_section_ptr
!= NULL
);
6722 /* Offset will always be a multiple of four, so use the bottom bit
6723 as a "written" flag. */
6724 if ((linker_section_ptr
->offset
& 1) == 0)
6726 bfd_put_32 (lsect
->section
->owner
,
6727 relocation
+ linker_section_ptr
->addend
,
6728 lsect
->section
->contents
+ linker_section_ptr
->offset
);
6729 linker_section_ptr
->offset
+= 1;
6732 relocation
= (lsect
->section
->output_section
->vma
6733 + lsect
->section
->output_offset
6734 + linker_section_ptr
->offset
- 1
6735 - SYM_VAL (lsect
->sym
));
6739 "Finish pointer in linker section %s, offset = %ld (0x%lx)\n",
6740 lsect
->name
, (long) relocation
, (long) relocation
);
6746 #define PPC_LO(v) ((v) & 0xffff)
6747 #define PPC_HI(v) (((v) >> 16) & 0xffff)
6748 #define PPC_HA(v) PPC_HI ((v) + 0x8000)
6751 write_glink_stub (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, struct plt_entry
*ent
,
6752 asection
*plt_sec
, unsigned char *p
,
6753 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
6755 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
6756 bfd
*output_bfd
= info
->output_bfd
;
6758 unsigned char *end
= p
+ GLINK_ENTRY_SIZE (htab
, h
);
6761 && h
== htab
->tls_get_addr
6762 && !htab
->params
->no_tls_get_addr_opt
)
6764 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, LWZ_11_3
, p
);
6766 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, LWZ_12_3
+ 4, p
);
6768 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, MR_0_3
, p
);
6770 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, CMPWI_11_0
, p
);
6772 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, ADD_3_12_2
, p
);
6774 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, BEQLR
, p
);
6776 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, MR_3_0
, p
);
6778 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, NOP
, p
);
6782 plt
= ((ent
->plt
.offset
& ~1)
6783 + plt_sec
->output_section
->vma
6784 + plt_sec
->output_offset
);
6786 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
6790 if (ent
->addend
>= 32768)
6792 + ent
->sec
->output_section
->vma
6793 + ent
->sec
->output_offset
);
6794 else if (htab
->elf
.hgot
!= NULL
)
6795 got
= SYM_VAL (htab
->elf
.hgot
);
6799 if (plt
+ 0x8000 < 0x10000)
6800 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, LWZ_11_30
+ PPC_LO (plt
), p
);
6803 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, ADDIS_11_30
+ PPC_HA (plt
), p
);
6805 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, LWZ_11_11
+ PPC_LO (plt
), p
);
6810 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, LIS_11
+ PPC_HA (plt
), p
);
6812 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, LWZ_11_11
+ PPC_LO (plt
), p
);
6815 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, MTCTR_11
, p
);
6817 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, BCTR
, p
);
6821 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, htab
->params
->ppc476_workaround
? BA
: NOP
, p
);
6826 /* Return true if symbol is defined statically. */
6829 is_static_defined (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
6831 return ((h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
6832 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
6833 && h
->root
.u
.def
.section
!= NULL
6834 && h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
!= NULL
);
6837 /* If INSN is an opcode that may be used with an @tls operand, return
6838 the transformed insn for TLS optimisation, otherwise return 0. If
6839 REG is non-zero only match an insn with RB or RA equal to REG. */
6842 _bfd_elf_ppc_at_tls_transform (unsigned int insn
, unsigned int reg
)
6846 if ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) != 31 << 26)
6849 if (reg
== 0 || ((insn
>> 11) & 0x1f) == reg
)
6850 rtra
= insn
& ((1 << 26) - (1 << 16));
6851 else if (((insn
>> 16) & 0x1f) == reg
)
6852 rtra
= (insn
& (0x1f << 21)) | ((insn
& (0x1f << 11)) << 5);
6856 if ((insn
& (0x3ff << 1)) == 266 << 1)
6859 else if ((insn
& (0x1f << 1)) == 23 << 1
6860 && ((insn
& (0x1f << 6)) < 14 << 6
6861 || ((insn
& (0x1f << 6)) >= 16 << 6
6862 && (insn
& (0x1f << 6)) < 24 << 6)))
6863 /* load and store indexed -> dform. */
6864 insn
= (32u | ((insn
>> 6) & 0x1f)) << 26;
6865 else if ((insn
& (((0x1a << 5) | 0x1f) << 1)) == 21 << 1)
6866 /* ldx, ldux, stdx, stdux -> ld, ldu, std, stdu. */
6867 insn
= ((58u | ((insn
>> 6) & 4)) << 26) | ((insn
>> 6) & 1);
6868 else if ((insn
& (((0x1f << 5) | 0x1f) << 1)) == 341 << 1)
6870 insn
= (58u << 26) | 2;
6877 /* If INSN is an opcode that may be used with an @tprel operand, return
6878 the transformed insn for an undefined weak symbol, ie. with the
6879 thread pointer REG operand removed. Otherwise return 0. */
6882 _bfd_elf_ppc_at_tprel_transform (unsigned int insn
, unsigned int reg
)
6884 if ((insn
& (0x1f << 16)) == reg
<< 16
6885 && ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 14u << 26 /* addi */
6886 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 15u << 26 /* addis */
6887 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 32u << 26 /* lwz */
6888 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 34u << 26 /* lbz */
6889 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 36u << 26 /* stw */
6890 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 38u << 26 /* stb */
6891 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 40u << 26 /* lhz */
6892 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 42u << 26 /* lha */
6893 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 44u << 26 /* sth */
6894 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 46u << 26 /* lmw */
6895 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 47u << 26 /* stmw */
6896 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 48u << 26 /* lfs */
6897 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 50u << 26 /* lfd */
6898 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 52u << 26 /* stfs */
6899 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 54u << 26 /* stfd */
6900 || ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 58u << 26 /* lwa,ld,lmd */
6902 || ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 62u << 26 /* std, stmd */
6903 && ((insn
& 3) == 0 || (insn
& 3) == 3))))
6905 insn
&= ~(0x1f << 16);
6907 else if ((insn
& (0x1f << 21)) == reg
<< 21
6908 && ((insn
& (0x3eu
<< 26)) == 24u << 26 /* ori, oris */
6909 || (insn
& (0x3eu
<< 26)) == 26u << 26 /* xori,xoris */
6910 || (insn
& (0x3eu
<< 26)) == 28u << 26 /* andi,andis */))
6912 insn
&= ~(0x1f << 21);
6913 insn
|= (insn
& (0x1f << 16)) << 5;
6914 if ((insn
& (0x3eu
<< 26)) == 26u << 26 /* xori,xoris */)
6915 insn
-= 2 >> 26; /* convert to ori,oris */
6923 is_insn_ds_form (unsigned int insn
)
6925 return ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 58u << 26 /* ld,ldu,lwa */
6926 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 62u << 26 /* std,stdu,stq */
6927 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 57u << 26 /* lfdp */
6928 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 61u << 26 /* stfdp */);
6932 is_insn_dq_form (unsigned int insn
)
6934 return ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 56u << 26 /* lq */
6935 || ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == (61u << 26) /* lxv, stxv */
6936 && (insn
& 3) == 1));
6939 /* The RELOCATE_SECTION function is called by the ELF backend linker
6940 to handle the relocations for a section.
6942 The relocs are always passed as Rela structures; if the section
6943 actually uses Rel structures, the r_addend field will always be
6946 This function is responsible for adjust the section contents as
6947 necessary, and (if using Rela relocs and generating a
6948 relocatable output file) adjusting the reloc addend as
6951 This function does not have to worry about setting the reloc
6952 address or the reloc symbol index.
6954 LOCAL_SYMS is a pointer to the swapped in local symbols.
6956 LOCAL_SECTIONS is an array giving the section in the input file
6957 corresponding to the st_shndx field of each local symbol.
6959 The global hash table entry for the global symbols can be found
6960 via elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd).
6962 When generating relocatable output, this function must handle
6963 STB_LOCAL/STT_SECTION symbols specially. The output symbol is
6964 going to be the section symbol corresponding to the output
6965 section, which means that the addend must be adjusted
6969 ppc_elf_relocate_section (bfd
*output_bfd
,
6970 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
6972 asection
*input_section
,
6974 Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocs
,
6975 Elf_Internal_Sym
*local_syms
,
6976 asection
**local_sections
)
6978 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
6979 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
;
6980 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
6981 Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
;
6982 Elf_Internal_Rela
*wrel
;
6983 Elf_Internal_Rela
*relend
;
6984 Elf_Internal_Rela outrel
;
6986 bfd_vma
*local_got_offsets
;
6987 bfd_boolean ret
= TRUE
;
6988 bfd_vma d_offset
= (bfd_big_endian (input_bfd
) ? 2 : 0);
6989 bfd_boolean is_vxworks_tls
;
6990 unsigned int picfixup_size
= 0;
6991 struct ppc_elf_relax_info
*relax_info
= NULL
;
6994 _bfd_error_handler ("ppc_elf_relocate_section called for %pB section %pA, "
6995 "%ld relocations%s",
6996 input_bfd
, input_section
,
6997 (long) input_section
->reloc_count
,
6998 (bfd_link_relocatable (info
)) ? " (relocatable)" : "");
7001 if (!is_ppc_elf (input_bfd
))
7003 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format
);
7007 got2
= bfd_get_section_by_name (input_bfd
, ".got2");
7009 /* Initialize howto table if not already done. */
7010 if (!ppc_elf_howto_table
[R_PPC_ADDR32
])
7011 ppc_elf_howto_init ();
7013 htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
7014 local_got_offsets
= elf_local_got_offsets (input_bfd
);
7015 symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (input_bfd
);
7016 sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd
);
7017 /* We have to handle relocations in vxworks .tls_vars sections
7018 specially, because the dynamic loader is 'weird'. */
7019 is_vxworks_tls
= (htab
->is_vxworks
&& bfd_link_pic (info
)
7020 && !strcmp (input_section
->output_section
->name
,
7022 if (input_section
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_TARGET
)
7023 relax_info
= elf_section_data (input_section
)->sec_info
;
7024 rel
= wrel
= relocs
;
7025 relend
= relocs
+ input_section
->reloc_count
;
7026 for (; rel
< relend
; wrel
++, rel
++)
7028 enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type
;
7030 bfd_reloc_status_type r
;
7031 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
7033 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
7034 const char *sym_name
;
7035 reloc_howto_type
*howto
;
7036 unsigned long r_symndx
;
7038 bfd_vma branch_bit
, from
;
7039 bfd_boolean unresolved_reloc
, save_unresolved_reloc
;
7041 unsigned int tls_type
, tls_mask
, tls_gd
;
7042 struct plt_entry
**ifunc
, **plt_list
;
7043 struct reloc_howto_struct alt_howto
;
7046 r_type
= ELF32_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
);
7050 unresolved_reloc
= FALSE
;
7052 r_symndx
= ELF32_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
7054 if (r_symndx
< symtab_hdr
->sh_info
)
7056 sym
= local_syms
+ r_symndx
;
7057 sec
= local_sections
[r_symndx
];
7058 sym_name
= bfd_elf_sym_name (input_bfd
, symtab_hdr
, sym
, sec
);
7060 relocation
= _bfd_elf_rela_local_sym (output_bfd
, sym
, &sec
, rel
);
7064 bfd_boolean ignored
;
7066 RELOC_FOR_GLOBAL_SYMBOL (info
, input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
,
7067 r_symndx
, symtab_hdr
, sym_hashes
,
7069 unresolved_reloc
, warned
, ignored
);
7071 sym_name
= h
->root
.root
.string
;
7074 if (sec
!= NULL
&& discarded_section (sec
))
7076 /* For relocs against symbols from removed linkonce sections,
7077 or sections discarded by a linker script, we just want the
7078 section contents zeroed. Avoid any special processing. */
7080 if (r_type
< R_PPC_max
)
7081 howto
= ppc_elf_howto_table
[r_type
];
7083 _bfd_clear_contents (howto
, input_bfd
, input_section
,
7084 contents
, rel
->r_offset
);
7085 wrel
->r_offset
= rel
->r_offset
;
7089 /* For ld -r, remove relocations in debug sections against
7090 symbols defined in discarded sections. Not done for
7091 non-debug to preserve relocs in .eh_frame which the
7092 eh_frame editing code expects to be present. */
7093 if (bfd_link_relocatable (info
)
7094 && (input_section
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
))
7100 if (bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
7103 && r_type
== R_PPC_PLTREL24
7104 && rel
->r_addend
!= 0)
7106 /* R_PPC_PLTREL24 is rather special. If non-zero, the
7107 addend specifies the GOT pointer offset within .got2. */
7108 rel
->r_addend
+= got2
->output_offset
;
7110 if (r_type
!= R_PPC_RELAX_PLT
7111 && r_type
!= R_PPC_RELAX_PLTREL24
7112 && r_type
!= R_PPC_RELAX
)
7116 /* TLS optimizations. Replace instruction sequences and relocs
7117 based on information we collected in tls_optimize. We edit
7118 RELOCS so that --emit-relocs will output something sensible
7119 for the final instruction stream. */
7123 tls_mask
= ((struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
)->tls_mask
;
7124 else if (local_got_offsets
!= NULL
)
7126 struct plt_entry
**local_plt
;
7129 = (struct plt_entry
**) (local_got_offsets
+ symtab_hdr
->sh_info
);
7130 lgot_masks
= (char *) (local_plt
+ symtab_hdr
->sh_info
);
7131 tls_mask
= lgot_masks
[r_symndx
];
7134 /* Ensure reloc mapping code below stays sane. */
7135 if ((R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16
& 3) != (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16
& 3)
7136 || (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO
& 3) != (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO
& 3)
7137 || (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI
& 3) != (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HI
& 3)
7138 || (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA
& 3) != (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA
& 3)
7139 || (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16
& 3) != (R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16
& 3)
7140 || (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO
& 3) != (R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO
& 3)
7141 || (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI
& 3) != (R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HI
& 3)
7142 || (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA
& 3) != (R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HA
& 3))
7149 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16
:
7150 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO
:
7151 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0
7152 && (tls_mask
& TLS_TPREL
) == 0)
7156 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
,
7157 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
);
7159 insn
|= 0x3c020000; /* addis 0,2,0 */
7160 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
,
7161 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
);
7162 r_type
= R_PPC_TPREL16_HA
;
7163 rel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
7168 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0
7169 && (tls_mask
& TLS_TPREL
) == 0)
7173 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
7174 insn
= _bfd_elf_ppc_at_tls_transform (insn
, 2);
7177 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
7178 r_type
= R_PPC_TPREL16_LO
;
7179 rel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
7181 /* Was PPC_TLS which sits on insn boundary, now
7182 PPC_TPREL16_LO which is at low-order half-word. */
7183 rel
->r_offset
+= d_offset
;
7187 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HI
:
7188 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA
:
7190 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0 && (tls_mask
& TLS_GD
) == 0)
7194 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI
:
7195 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA
:
7196 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0 && (tls_mask
& TLS_LD
) == 0)
7199 if ((tls_mask
& tls_gd
) != 0)
7200 r_type
= (((r_type
- (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16
& 3)) & 3)
7201 + R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16
);
7204 rel
->r_offset
-= d_offset
;
7205 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, NOP
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
7206 r_type
= R_PPC_NONE
;
7208 rel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
7212 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16
:
7213 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO
:
7215 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0 && (tls_mask
& TLS_GD
) == 0)
7219 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16
:
7220 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO
:
7221 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0 && (tls_mask
& TLS_LD
) == 0)
7223 unsigned int insn1
, insn2
;
7227 offset
= (bfd_vma
) -1;
7228 /* If not using the newer R_PPC_TLSGD/LD to mark
7229 __tls_get_addr calls, we must trust that the call
7230 stays with its arg setup insns, ie. that the next
7231 reloc is the __tls_get_addr call associated with
7232 the current reloc. Edit both insns. */
7233 if (input_section
->nomark_tls_get_addr
7235 && branch_reloc_hash_match (input_bfd
, rel
+ 1,
7236 htab
->tls_get_addr
))
7237 offset
= rel
[1].r_offset
;
7238 /* We read the low GOT_TLS insn because we need to keep
7239 the destination reg. It may be something other than
7240 the usual r3, and moved to r3 before the call by
7241 intervening code. */
7242 insn1
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
,
7243 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
);
7244 if ((tls_mask
& tls_gd
) != 0)
7247 insn1
&= (0x1f << 21) | (0x1f << 16);
7248 insn1
|= 32u << 26; /* lwz */
7249 if (offset
!= (bfd_vma
) -1)
7251 rel
[1].r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (STN_UNDEF
, R_PPC_NONE
);
7252 insn2
= 0x7c631214; /* add 3,3,2 */
7253 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn2
, contents
+ offset
);
7255 r_type
= (((r_type
- (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16
& 3)) & 3)
7256 + R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16
);
7257 rel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
7262 insn1
&= 0x1f << 21;
7263 insn1
|= 0x3c020000; /* addis r,2,0 */
7266 /* Was an LD reloc. */
7268 r_symndx
< symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
7270 if (local_sections
[r_symndx
] == sec
)
7272 if (r_symndx
>= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
)
7273 r_symndx
= STN_UNDEF
;
7274 rel
->r_addend
= htab
->elf
.tls_sec
->vma
+ DTP_OFFSET
;
7275 if (r_symndx
!= STN_UNDEF
)
7276 rel
->r_addend
-= (local_syms
[r_symndx
].st_value
7277 + sec
->output_offset
7278 + sec
->output_section
->vma
);
7280 r_type
= R_PPC_TPREL16_HA
;
7281 rel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
7282 if (offset
!= (bfd_vma
) -1)
7284 rel
[1].r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx
, R_PPC_TPREL16_LO
);
7285 rel
[1].r_offset
= offset
+ d_offset
;
7286 rel
[1].r_addend
= rel
->r_addend
;
7287 insn2
= 0x38630000; /* addi 3,3,0 */
7288 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn2
, contents
+ offset
);
7291 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn1
,
7292 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
);
7295 /* We changed the symbol on an LD reloc. Start over
7296 in order to get h, sym, sec etc. right. */
7303 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0 && (tls_mask
& TLS_GD
) == 0
7304 && rel
+ 1 < relend
)
7307 bfd_vma offset
= rel
->r_offset
;
7309 if (is_plt_seq_reloc (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel
[1].r_info
)))
7311 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, NOP
, contents
+ offset
);
7312 rel
[1].r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (STN_UNDEF
, R_PPC_NONE
);
7316 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_GDIE
) != 0)
7319 r_type
= R_PPC_NONE
;
7320 insn2
= 0x7c631214; /* add 3,3,2 */
7325 r_type
= R_PPC_TPREL16_LO
;
7326 rel
->r_offset
+= d_offset
;
7327 insn2
= 0x38630000; /* addi 3,3,0 */
7329 rel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
7330 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn2
, contents
+ offset
);
7331 /* Zap the reloc on the _tls_get_addr call too. */
7332 BFD_ASSERT (offset
== rel
[1].r_offset
);
7333 rel
[1].r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (STN_UNDEF
, R_PPC_NONE
);
7338 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0 && (tls_mask
& TLS_LD
) == 0
7339 && rel
+ 1 < relend
)
7343 if (is_plt_seq_reloc (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel
[1].r_info
)))
7345 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, NOP
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
7346 rel
[1].r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (STN_UNDEF
, R_PPC_NONE
);
7351 r_symndx
< symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
7353 if (local_sections
[r_symndx
] == sec
)
7355 if (r_symndx
>= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
)
7356 r_symndx
= STN_UNDEF
;
7357 rel
->r_addend
= htab
->elf
.tls_sec
->vma
+ DTP_OFFSET
;
7358 if (r_symndx
!= STN_UNDEF
)
7359 rel
->r_addend
-= (local_syms
[r_symndx
].st_value
7360 + sec
->output_offset
7361 + sec
->output_section
->vma
);
7363 rel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx
, R_PPC_TPREL16_LO
);
7364 rel
->r_offset
+= d_offset
;
7365 insn2
= 0x38630000; /* addi 3,3,0 */
7366 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn2
,
7367 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
);
7368 /* Zap the reloc on the _tls_get_addr call too. */
7369 BFD_ASSERT (rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
== rel
[1].r_offset
);
7370 rel
[1].r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (STN_UNDEF
, R_PPC_NONE
);
7376 /* Handle other relocations that tweak non-addend part of insn. */
7383 /* Branch taken prediction relocations. */
7384 case R_PPC_ADDR14_BRTAKEN
:
7385 case R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN
:
7386 branch_bit
= BRANCH_PREDICT_BIT
;
7389 /* Branch not taken prediction relocations. */
7390 case R_PPC_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN
:
7391 case R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN
:
7395 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
7396 insn
&= ~BRANCH_PREDICT_BIT
;
7399 from
= (rel
->r_offset
7400 + input_section
->output_offset
7401 + input_section
->output_section
->vma
);
7403 /* Invert 'y' bit if not the default. */
7404 if ((bfd_signed_vma
) (relocation
+ rel
->r_addend
- from
) < 0)
7405 insn
^= BRANCH_PREDICT_BIT
;
7407 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
7411 case R_PPC_PLT16_HA
:
7415 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
,
7416 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
);
7417 if ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 15u << 26
7418 && (insn
& (0x1f << 16)) != 0)
7420 if (!bfd_link_pic (info
))
7422 /* Convert addis to lis. */
7423 insn
&= ~(0x1f << 16);
7424 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
,
7425 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
);
7428 else if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
7429 info
->callbacks
->einfo
7430 (_("%P: %H: error: %s with unexpected instruction %x\n"),
7431 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
7432 "R_PPC_PLT16_HA", insn
);
7437 if (ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS
7441 && ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->has_addr16_ha
7442 && ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->has_addr16_lo
7443 && htab
->params
->pic_fixup
> 0)
7445 /* Convert lis;addi or lis;load/store accessing a protected
7446 variable defined in a shared library to PIC. */
7449 if (r_type
== R_PPC_ADDR16_HA
)
7451 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
,
7452 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
);
7453 if ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == (15u << 26)
7454 && (insn
& (0x1f << 16)) == 0 /* lis */)
7460 p
= (contents
+ input_section
->size
7461 - relax_info
->workaround_size
7462 - relax_info
->picfixup_size
7464 off
= (p
- contents
) - (rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
);
7465 if (off
> 0x1fffffc || (off
& 3) != 0)
7466 info
->callbacks
->einfo
7467 (_("%H: fixup branch overflow\n"),
7468 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
);
7470 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, B
| off
,
7471 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
);
7472 got_addr
= (htab
->elf
.sgot
->output_section
->vma
7473 + htab
->elf
.sgot
->output_offset
7474 + (h
->got
.offset
& ~1));
7475 wrel
->r_offset
= (p
- contents
) + d_offset
;
7476 wrel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_ADDR16_HA
);
7477 wrel
->r_addend
= got_addr
;
7479 insn
|= ((unsigned int) (got_addr
+ 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
7480 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, p
);
7482 /* Convert lis to lwz, loading address from GOT. */
7484 insn
^= (32u ^ 15u) << 26;
7485 insn
|= (insn
& (0x1f << 21)) >> 5;
7486 insn
|= got_addr
& 0xffff;
7487 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, p
+ 4);
7489 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, B
| ((-4 - off
) & 0x3ffffff), p
+ 8);
7490 picfixup_size
+= 12;
7492 /* Use one of the spare relocs, so --emit-relocs
7493 output is reasonable. */
7494 memmove (rel
+ 1, rel
, (relend
- rel
- 1) * sizeof (*rel
));
7496 rel
->r_offset
= wrel
[-1].r_offset
+ 4;
7497 rel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_ADDR16_LO
);
7498 rel
->r_addend
= wrel
[-1].r_addend
;
7500 /* Continue on as if we had a got reloc, to output
7502 r_type
= R_PPC_GOT16_LO
;
7506 /* xgettext:c-format */
7507 (_("%pB(%pA+%#" PRIx64
"): error: "
7508 "%s with unexpected instruction %#x"),
7509 input_bfd
, input_section
, (uint64_t) rel
->r_offset
,
7510 "R_PPC_ADDR16_HA", insn
);
7512 else if (r_type
== R_PPC_ADDR16_LO
)
7514 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
,
7515 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
);
7516 if ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 14u << 26 /* addi */
7517 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 32u << 26 /* lwz */
7518 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 34u << 26 /* lbz */
7519 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 36u << 26 /* stw */
7520 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 38u << 26 /* stb */
7521 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 40u << 26 /* lhz */
7522 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 42u << 26 /* lha */
7523 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 44u << 26 /* sth */
7524 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 46u << 26 /* lmw */
7525 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 47u << 26 /* stmw */
7526 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 48u << 26 /* lfs */
7527 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 50u << 26 /* lfd */
7528 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 52u << 26 /* stfs */
7529 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 54u << 26 /* stfd */
7530 || ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 58u << 26 /* lwa,ld,lmd */
7532 || ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 62u << 26 /* std, stmd */
7533 && ((insn
& 3) == 0 || (insn
& 3) == 3)))
7535 /* Arrange to apply the reloc addend, if any. */
7537 unresolved_reloc
= FALSE
;
7538 rel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (0, r_type
);
7542 /* xgettext:c-format */
7543 (_("%pB(%pA+%#" PRIx64
"): error: "
7544 "%s with unexpected instruction %#x"),
7545 input_bfd
, input_section
, (uint64_t) rel
->r_offset
,
7546 "R_PPC_ADDR16_LO", insn
);
7551 if (!htab
->is_vxworks
)
7553 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
7557 if (h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
7558 ifunc
= &h
->plt
.plist
;
7560 else if (local_got_offsets
!= NULL
7561 && ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
7563 struct plt_entry
**local_plt
;
7565 local_plt
= (struct plt_entry
**) (local_got_offsets
7566 + symtab_hdr
->sh_info
);
7567 ifunc
= local_plt
+ r_symndx
;
7572 && (!bfd_link_pic (info
)
7573 || is_branch_reloc (r_type
)
7574 || r_type
== R_PPC_PLT16_LO
7575 || r_type
== R_PPC_PLT16_HI
7576 || r_type
== R_PPC_PLT16_HA
))
7579 if (bfd_link_pic (info
)
7580 && (r_type
== R_PPC_PLTREL24
7581 || r_type
== R_PPC_PLT16_LO
7582 || r_type
== R_PPC_PLT16_HI
7583 || r_type
== R_PPC_PLT16_HA
))
7584 addend
= rel
->r_addend
;
7585 ent
= find_plt_ent (ifunc
, got2
, addend
);
7589 if (bfd_link_pic (info
)
7591 && htab
->plt_type
!= PLT_NEW
7592 && (!htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
7594 || h
->dynindx
== -1))
7596 /* Uh oh, we are going to create a pic glink stub
7597 for an ifunc (here for h == NULL and later in
7598 finish_dynamic_symbol for h != NULL), and
7599 apparently are using code compiled with
7600 -mbss-plt. The difficulty is that -mbss-plt code
7601 gives no indication via a magic PLTREL24 addend
7602 whether r30 is equal to _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ or
7603 is pointing into a .got2 section (and how far
7605 info
->callbacks
->einfo
7606 /* xgettext:c-format */
7607 (_("%X%H: unsupported bss-plt -fPIC ifunc %s\n"),
7608 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
, sym_name
);
7611 unresolved_reloc
= FALSE
;
7612 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_NEW
7613 || !htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
7615 || h
->dynindx
== -1)
7616 relocation
= (htab
->glink
->output_section
->vma
7617 + htab
->glink
->output_offset
7618 + (ent
->glink_offset
& ~1));
7620 relocation
= (htab
->elf
.splt
->output_section
->vma
7621 + htab
->elf
.splt
->output_offset
7626 addend
= rel
->r_addend
;
7627 save_unresolved_reloc
= unresolved_reloc
;
7629 if (r_type
< R_PPC_max
)
7630 howto
= ppc_elf_howto_table
[r_type
];
7637 case R_PPC_TPREL16_HA
:
7638 if (htab
->do_tls_opt
&& relocation
+ addend
+ 0x8000 < 0x10000)
7640 bfd_byte
*p
= contents
+ (rel
->r_offset
& ~3);
7641 unsigned int insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, p
);
7642 if ((insn
& ((0x3fu
<< 26) | 0x1f << 16))
7643 != ((15u << 26) | (2 << 16)) /* addis rt,2,imm */)
7644 /* xgettext:c-format */
7645 info
->callbacks
->minfo
7646 (_("%H: warning: %s unexpected insn %#x.\n"),
7647 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
, howto
->name
, insn
);
7649 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, NOP
, p
);
7653 case R_PPC_TPREL16_LO
:
7654 if (htab
->do_tls_opt
&& relocation
+ addend
+ 0x8000 < 0x10000)
7656 bfd_byte
*p
= contents
+ (rel
->r_offset
& ~3);
7657 unsigned int insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, p
);
7658 insn
&= ~(0x1f << 16);
7660 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, p
);
7669 /* xgettext:c-format */
7670 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: %s unsupported"),
7671 input_bfd
, howto
->name
);
7673 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
7681 case R_PPC_EMB_MRKREF
:
7682 case R_PPC_GNU_VTINHERIT
:
7683 case R_PPC_GNU_VTENTRY
:
7686 /* GOT16 relocations. Like an ADDR16 using the symbol's
7687 address in the GOT as relocation value instead of the
7688 symbol's value itself. Also, create a GOT entry for the
7689 symbol and put the symbol value there. */
7690 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16
:
7691 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO
:
7692 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HI
:
7693 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA
:
7694 tls_type
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_GD
;
7697 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16
:
7698 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO
:
7699 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI
:
7700 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA
:
7701 tls_type
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_LD
;
7704 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16
:
7705 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO
:
7706 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HI
:
7707 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HA
:
7708 tls_type
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_TPREL
;
7711 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16
:
7712 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_LO
:
7713 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HI
:
7714 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HA
:
7715 tls_type
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_DTPREL
;
7719 case R_PPC_GOT16_LO
:
7720 case R_PPC_GOT16_HI
:
7721 case R_PPC_GOT16_HA
:
7725 /* Relocation is to the entry for this symbol in the global
7731 if (htab
->elf
.sgot
== NULL
)
7735 if (tls_type
== (TLS_TLS
| TLS_LD
)
7736 && SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, h
))
7737 offp
= &htab
->tlsld_got
.offset
;
7740 if (!htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
7742 || SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, h
)
7743 || UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info
, h
))
7744 /* This is actually a static link, or it is a
7745 -Bsymbolic link and the symbol is defined
7746 locally, or the symbol was forced to be local
7747 because of a version file. */
7752 unresolved_reloc
= FALSE
;
7754 offp
= &h
->got
.offset
;
7758 if (local_got_offsets
== NULL
)
7760 offp
= &local_got_offsets
[r_symndx
];
7763 /* The offset must always be a multiple of 4. We use the
7764 least significant bit to record whether we have already
7765 processed this entry. */
7771 unsigned int tls_m
= ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0
7772 ? tls_mask
& (TLS_LD
| TLS_GD
| TLS_DTPREL
7773 | TLS_TPREL
| TLS_GDIE
)
7776 if (offp
== &htab
->tlsld_got
.offset
)
7778 else if ((tls_m
& TLS_LD
) != 0
7779 && SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, h
))
7782 /* We might have multiple got entries for this sym.
7783 Initialize them all. */
7788 if ((tls_m
& TLS_LD
) != 0)
7790 tls_ty
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_LD
;
7793 else if ((tls_m
& TLS_GD
) != 0)
7795 tls_ty
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_GD
;
7798 else if ((tls_m
& TLS_DTPREL
) != 0)
7800 tls_ty
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_DTPREL
;
7801 tls_m
&= ~TLS_DTPREL
;
7803 else if ((tls_m
& (TLS_TPREL
| TLS_GDIE
)) != 0)
7805 tls_ty
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_TPREL
;
7809 /* Generate relocs for the dynamic linker. */
7811 || (bfd_link_pic (info
)
7813 || !UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info
, h
))
7815 && bfd_link_executable (info
)
7816 && SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, h
))))
7818 asection
*rsec
= htab
->elf
.srelgot
;
7823 rsec
= htab
->elf
.irelplt
;
7825 htab
->local_ifunc_resolver
= 1;
7826 else if (is_static_defined (h
))
7827 htab
->maybe_local_ifunc_resolver
= 1;
7829 outrel
.r_offset
= (htab
->elf
.sgot
->output_section
->vma
7830 + htab
->elf
.sgot
->output_offset
7832 outrel
.r_addend
= 0;
7833 if (tls_ty
& (TLS_LD
| TLS_GD
))
7835 outrel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (indx
, R_PPC_DTPMOD32
);
7836 if (tls_ty
== (TLS_TLS
| TLS_GD
))
7838 loc
= rsec
->contents
;
7839 loc
+= (rsec
->reloc_count
++
7840 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
));
7841 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
,
7843 outrel
.r_offset
+= 4;
7845 = ELF32_R_INFO (indx
, R_PPC_DTPREL32
);
7848 else if (tls_ty
== (TLS_TLS
| TLS_DTPREL
))
7849 outrel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (indx
, R_PPC_DTPREL32
);
7850 else if (tls_ty
== (TLS_TLS
| TLS_TPREL
))
7851 outrel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (indx
, R_PPC_TPREL32
);
7853 outrel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (indx
, R_PPC_GLOB_DAT
);
7854 else if (ifunc
!= NULL
)
7855 outrel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_IRELATIVE
);
7857 outrel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_RELATIVE
);
7858 if (indx
== 0 && tls_ty
!= (TLS_TLS
| TLS_LD
))
7860 outrel
.r_addend
+= relocation
;
7861 if (tls_ty
& (TLS_GD
| TLS_DTPREL
| TLS_TPREL
))
7863 if (htab
->elf
.tls_sec
== NULL
)
7864 outrel
.r_addend
= 0;
7866 outrel
.r_addend
-= htab
->elf
.tls_sec
->vma
;
7869 loc
= rsec
->contents
;
7870 loc
+= (rsec
->reloc_count
++
7871 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
));
7872 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &outrel
, loc
);
7875 /* Init the .got section contents if we're not
7876 emitting a reloc. */
7879 bfd_vma value
= relocation
;
7883 if (htab
->elf
.tls_sec
== NULL
)
7887 if (tls_ty
& TLS_LD
)
7890 value
-= htab
->elf
.tls_sec
->vma
+ DTP_OFFSET
;
7891 if (tls_ty
& TLS_TPREL
)
7892 value
+= DTP_OFFSET
- TP_OFFSET
;
7895 if (tls_ty
& (TLS_LD
| TLS_GD
))
7897 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, value
,
7898 htab
->elf
.sgot
->contents
+ off
+ 4);
7902 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, value
,
7903 htab
->elf
.sgot
->contents
+ off
);
7907 if (tls_ty
& (TLS_LD
| TLS_GD
))
7916 if (off
>= (bfd_vma
) -2)
7919 if ((tls_type
& TLS_TLS
) != 0)
7921 if (tls_type
!= (TLS_TLS
| TLS_LD
))
7923 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_LD
) != 0
7924 && !SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, h
))
7926 if (tls_type
!= (TLS_TLS
| TLS_GD
))
7928 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_GD
) != 0)
7930 if (tls_type
!= (TLS_TLS
| TLS_DTPREL
))
7932 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_DTPREL
) != 0)
7939 /* If here for a picfixup, we're done. */
7940 if (r_type
!= ELF32_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
))
7943 relocation
= (htab
->elf
.sgot
->output_section
->vma
7944 + htab
->elf
.sgot
->output_offset
7946 - SYM_VAL (htab
->elf
.hgot
));
7948 /* Addends on got relocations don't make much sense.
7949 x+off@got is actually x@got+off, and since the got is
7950 generated by a hash table traversal, the value in the
7951 got at entry m+n bears little relation to the entry m. */
7953 info
->callbacks
->einfo
7954 /* xgettext:c-format */
7955 (_("%H: non-zero addend on %s reloc against `%s'\n"),
7956 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
7962 /* Relocations that need no special processing. */
7963 case R_PPC_LOCAL24PC
:
7964 /* It makes no sense to point a local relocation
7965 at a symbol not in this object. */
7966 if (unresolved_reloc
)
7968 (*info
->callbacks
->undefined_symbol
) (info
,
7969 h
->root
.root
.string
,
7976 if (h
!= NULL
&& h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
&& bfd_link_pic (info
))
7978 /* @local on an ifunc does not really make sense since
7979 the ifunc resolver can take you anywhere. More
7980 seriously, calls to ifuncs must go through a plt call
7981 stub, and for pic the plt call stubs uses r30 to
7982 access the PLT. The problem is that a call that is
7983 local won't have the +32k reloc addend trick marking
7984 -fPIC code, so the linker won't know whether r30 is
7985 _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ or pointing into a .got2 section. */
7986 /* xgettext:c-format */
7987 info
->callbacks
->einfo (_("%X%H: @local call to ifunc %s\n"),
7988 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
7989 h
->root
.root
.string
);
7993 case R_PPC_DTPREL16
:
7994 case R_PPC_DTPREL16_LO
:
7995 case R_PPC_DTPREL16_HI
:
7996 case R_PPC_DTPREL16_HA
:
7997 if (htab
->elf
.tls_sec
!= NULL
)
7998 addend
-= htab
->elf
.tls_sec
->vma
+ DTP_OFFSET
;
8001 /* Relocations that may need to be propagated if this is a shared
8004 case R_PPC_TPREL16_LO
:
8005 case R_PPC_TPREL16_HI
:
8006 case R_PPC_TPREL16_HA
:
8008 && h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
8009 && h
->dynindx
== -1)
8011 /* Make this relocation against an undefined weak symbol
8012 resolve to zero. This is really just a tweak, since
8013 code using weak externs ought to check that they are
8014 defined before using them. */
8015 bfd_byte
*p
= contents
+ rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
;
8016 unsigned int insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, p
);
8017 insn
= _bfd_elf_ppc_at_tprel_transform (insn
, 2);
8019 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, p
);
8022 if (htab
->elf
.tls_sec
!= NULL
)
8023 addend
-= htab
->elf
.tls_sec
->vma
+ TP_OFFSET
;
8024 /* The TPREL16 relocs shouldn't really be used in shared
8025 libs or with non-local symbols as that will result in
8026 DT_TEXTREL being set, but support them anyway. */
8030 if (htab
->elf
.tls_sec
!= NULL
)
8031 addend
-= htab
->elf
.tls_sec
->vma
+ TP_OFFSET
;
8034 case R_PPC_DTPREL32
:
8035 if (htab
->elf
.tls_sec
!= NULL
)
8036 addend
-= htab
->elf
.tls_sec
->vma
+ DTP_OFFSET
;
8039 case R_PPC_DTPMOD32
:
8045 case R_PPC_REL16_LO
:
8046 case R_PPC_REL16_HI
:
8047 case R_PPC_REL16_HA
:
8048 case R_PPC_REL16DX_HA
:
8052 if (h
== NULL
|| h
== htab
->elf
.hgot
)
8058 case R_PPC_ADDR16_LO
:
8059 case R_PPC_ADDR16_HI
:
8060 case R_PPC_ADDR16_HA
:
8065 case R_PPC_VLE_REL8
:
8066 case R_PPC_VLE_REL15
:
8067 case R_PPC_VLE_REL24
:
8070 case R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN
:
8071 case R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN
:
8072 /* If these relocations are not to a named symbol, they can be
8073 handled right here, no need to bother the dynamic linker. */
8074 if (SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info
, h
)
8075 || h
== htab
->elf
.hgot
)
8081 case R_PPC_ADDR14_BRTAKEN
:
8082 case R_PPC_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN
:
8083 if (h
!= NULL
&& !bfd_link_pic (info
))
8088 if ((input_section
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) == 0
8092 if (bfd_link_pic (info
)
8094 || ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->dyn_relocs
!= NULL
)
8095 && ((h
!= NULL
&& pc_dynrelocs (h
))
8096 || must_be_dyn_reloc (info
, r_type
)))
8098 && ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->dyn_relocs
!= NULL
))
8106 fprintf (stderr
, "ppc_elf_relocate_section needs to "
8107 "create relocation for %s\n",
8108 (h
&& h
->root
.root
.string
8109 ? h
->root
.root
.string
: "<unknown>"));
8112 /* When generating a shared object, these relocations
8113 are copied into the output file to be resolved at run
8116 outrel
.r_offset
= _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd
, info
,
8119 if (outrel
.r_offset
== (bfd_vma
) -1
8120 || outrel
.r_offset
== (bfd_vma
) -2)
8121 skip
= (int) outrel
.r_offset
;
8122 outrel
.r_offset
+= (input_section
->output_section
->vma
8123 + input_section
->output_offset
);
8125 /* Optimize unaligned reloc use. */
8126 if ((r_type
== R_PPC_ADDR32
&& (outrel
.r_offset
& 3) != 0)
8127 || (r_type
== R_PPC_UADDR32
&& (outrel
.r_offset
& 3) == 0))
8128 r_type
^= R_PPC_ADDR32
^ R_PPC_UADDR32
;
8129 if ((r_type
== R_PPC_ADDR16
&& (outrel
.r_offset
& 1) != 0)
8130 || (r_type
== R_PPC_UADDR16
&& (outrel
.r_offset
& 1) == 0))
8131 r_type
^= R_PPC_ADDR16
^ R_PPC_UADDR16
;
8134 memset (&outrel
, 0, sizeof outrel
);
8135 else if (!SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, h
))
8138 BFD_ASSERT (indx
!= -1);
8139 unresolved_reloc
= FALSE
;
8140 outrel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (indx
, r_type
);
8141 outrel
.r_addend
= rel
->r_addend
;
8145 outrel
.r_addend
= relocation
+ rel
->r_addend
;
8147 if (r_type
!= R_PPC_ADDR32
)
8151 /* If we get here when building a static
8152 executable, then the libc startup function
8153 responsible for applying indirect function
8154 relocations is going to complain about
8156 If we get here when building a dynamic
8157 executable, it will be because we have
8158 a text relocation. The dynamic loader
8159 will set the text segment writable and
8160 non-executable to apply text relocations.
8161 So we'll segfault when trying to run the
8162 indirection function to resolve the reloc. */
8163 info
->callbacks
->einfo
8164 /* xgettext:c-format */
8165 (_("%H: relocation %s for indirect "
8166 "function %s unsupported\n"),
8167 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
8172 else if (r_symndx
== STN_UNDEF
|| bfd_is_abs_section (sec
))
8174 else if (sec
== NULL
|| sec
->owner
== NULL
)
8176 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
8183 /* We are turning this relocation into one
8184 against a section symbol. It would be
8185 proper to subtract the symbol's value,
8186 osec->vma, from the emitted reloc addend,
8187 but ld.so expects buggy relocs.
8188 FIXME: Why not always use a zero index? */
8189 osec
= sec
->output_section
;
8190 if ((osec
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
) != 0)
8192 osec
= htab
->elf
.tls_sec
;
8197 indx
= elf_section_data (osec
)->dynindx
;
8200 osec
= htab
->elf
.text_index_section
;
8201 indx
= elf_section_data (osec
)->dynindx
;
8203 BFD_ASSERT (indx
!= 0);
8206 /* ld.so doesn't expect buggy TLS relocs.
8207 Don't leave the symbol value in the
8209 if (IS_PPC_TLS_RELOC (r_type
))
8210 outrel
.r_addend
-= osec
->vma
;
8213 outrel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (indx
, r_type
);
8215 else if (ifunc
!= NULL
)
8216 outrel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_IRELATIVE
);
8218 outrel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_RELATIVE
);
8221 sreloc
= elf_section_data (input_section
)->sreloc
;
8224 sreloc
= htab
->elf
.irelplt
;
8226 htab
->local_ifunc_resolver
= 1;
8227 else if (is_static_defined (h
))
8228 htab
->maybe_local_ifunc_resolver
= 1;
8233 loc
= sreloc
->contents
;
8234 loc
+= sreloc
->reloc_count
++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
8235 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &outrel
, loc
);
8240 /* This reloc will be computed at runtime. Clear the memory
8241 so that it contains a predictable value for prelink. */
8244 relocation
= howto
->pc_relative
? outrel
.r_offset
: 0;
8251 case R_PPC_RELAX_PLT
:
8252 case R_PPC_RELAX_PLTREL24
:
8255 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
8256 bfd_vma got2_addend
= 0;
8258 if (r_type
== R_PPC_RELAX_PLTREL24
)
8260 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
8261 got2_addend
= addend
;
8264 ent
= find_plt_ent (&h
->plt
.plist
, got2
, got2_addend
);
8265 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_NEW
)
8266 relocation
= (htab
->glink
->output_section
->vma
8267 + htab
->glink
->output_offset
8268 + ent
->glink_offset
);
8270 relocation
= (htab
->elf
.splt
->output_section
->vma
8271 + htab
->elf
.splt
->output_offset
8280 size_t insn_offset
= rel
->r_offset
;
8283 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
8285 relocation
-= (input_section
->output_section
->vma
8286 + input_section
->output_offset
8287 + rel
->r_offset
- 4);
8288 stub
= shared_stub_entry
;
8289 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, stub
[0], contents
+ insn_offset
- 12);
8290 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, stub
[1], contents
+ insn_offset
- 8);
8291 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, stub
[2], contents
+ insn_offset
- 4);
8293 size
= ARRAY_SIZE (shared_stub_entry
) - 3;
8298 size
= ARRAY_SIZE (stub_entry
);
8301 relocation
+= addend
;
8302 if (bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
8305 /* First insn is HA, second is LO. */
8307 insn
|= ((relocation
+ 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
8308 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, contents
+ insn_offset
);
8312 insn
|= relocation
& 0xffff;
8313 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, contents
+ insn_offset
);
8321 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, contents
+ insn_offset
);
8325 /* Rewrite the reloc and convert one of the trailing nop
8326 relocs to describe this relocation. */
8327 BFD_ASSERT (ELF32_R_TYPE (relend
[-1].r_info
) == R_PPC_NONE
);
8328 /* The relocs are at the bottom 2 bytes */
8329 wrel
->r_offset
= rel
->r_offset
+ d_offset
;
8330 wrel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx
, R_PPC_ADDR16_HA
);
8331 wrel
->r_addend
= rel
->r_addend
;
8332 memmove (wrel
+ 1, wrel
, (relend
- wrel
- 1) * sizeof (*wrel
));
8334 wrel
->r_offset
+= 4;
8335 wrel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx
, R_PPC_ADDR16_LO
);
8339 /* Indirect .sdata relocation. */
8340 case R_PPC_EMB_SDAI16
:
8341 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->sdata
[0].section
!= NULL
);
8342 if (!is_static_defined (htab
->sdata
[0].sym
))
8344 unresolved_reloc
= TRUE
;
8348 = elf_finish_pointer_linker_section (input_bfd
, &htab
->sdata
[0],
8349 h
, relocation
, rel
);
8353 /* Indirect .sdata2 relocation. */
8354 case R_PPC_EMB_SDA2I16
:
8355 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->sdata
[1].section
!= NULL
);
8356 if (!is_static_defined (htab
->sdata
[1].sym
))
8358 unresolved_reloc
= TRUE
;
8362 = elf_finish_pointer_linker_section (input_bfd
, &htab
->sdata
[1],
8363 h
, relocation
, rel
);
8367 /* Handle the TOC16 reloc. We want to use the offset within the .got
8368 section, not the actual VMA. This is appropriate when generating
8369 an embedded ELF object, for which the .got section acts like the
8370 AIX .toc section. */
8371 case R_PPC_TOC16
: /* phony GOT16 relocations */
8372 if (sec
== NULL
|| sec
->output_section
== NULL
)
8374 unresolved_reloc
= TRUE
;
8377 BFD_ASSERT (strcmp (bfd_section_name (sec
), ".got") == 0
8378 || strcmp (bfd_section_name (sec
), ".cgot") == 0);
8380 addend
-= sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
+ 0x8000;
8383 case R_PPC_PLTREL24
:
8384 if (h
!= NULL
&& ifunc
== NULL
)
8386 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
8388 ent
= find_plt_ent (&h
->plt
.plist
, got2
,
8389 bfd_link_pic (info
) ? addend
: 0);
8391 || htab
->elf
.splt
== NULL
)
8393 /* We didn't make a PLT entry for this symbol. This
8394 happens when statically linking PIC code, or when
8395 using -Bsymbolic. */
8399 /* Relocation is to the entry for this symbol in the
8400 procedure linkage table. */
8401 unresolved_reloc
= FALSE
;
8402 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_NEW
)
8403 relocation
= (htab
->glink
->output_section
->vma
8404 + htab
->glink
->output_offset
8405 + ent
->glink_offset
);
8407 relocation
= (htab
->elf
.splt
->output_section
->vma
8408 + htab
->elf
.splt
->output_offset
8413 /* R_PPC_PLTREL24 is rather special. If non-zero, the
8414 addend specifies the GOT pointer offset within .got2.
8415 Don't apply it to the relocation field. */
8421 case R_PPC_PLT16_LO
:
8422 case R_PPC_PLT16_HI
:
8423 case R_PPC_PLT16_HA
:
8426 plt_list
= &h
->plt
.plist
;
8427 else if (ifunc
!= NULL
)
8429 else if (local_got_offsets
!= NULL
)
8431 struct plt_entry
**local_plt
;
8432 local_plt
= (struct plt_entry
**) (local_got_offsets
8433 + symtab_hdr
->sh_info
);
8434 plt_list
= local_plt
+ r_symndx
;
8436 unresolved_reloc
= TRUE
;
8437 if (plt_list
!= NULL
)
8439 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
8441 ent
= find_plt_ent (plt_list
, got2
,
8442 bfd_link_pic (info
) ? addend
: 0);
8443 if (ent
!= NULL
&& ent
->plt
.offset
!= (bfd_vma
) -1)
8447 unresolved_reloc
= FALSE
;
8448 plt
= htab
->elf
.splt
;
8449 if (!htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
8451 || h
->dynindx
== -1)
8454 plt
= htab
->elf
.iplt
;
8456 plt
= htab
->pltlocal
;
8458 relocation
= (plt
->output_section
->vma
8459 + plt
->output_offset
8461 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
8465 if (ent
->addend
>= 32768)
8467 + ent
->sec
->output_section
->vma
8468 + ent
->sec
->output_offset
);
8470 got
= SYM_VAL (htab
->elf
.hgot
);
8478 /* Relocate against _SDA_BASE_. */
8479 case R_PPC_SDAREL16
:
8482 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*sda
= htab
->sdata
[0].sym
;
8485 || sec
->output_section
== NULL
8486 || !is_static_defined (sda
))
8488 unresolved_reloc
= TRUE
;
8491 addend
-= SYM_VAL (sda
);
8493 name
= bfd_section_name (sec
->output_section
);
8494 if (!(strcmp (name
, ".sdata") == 0
8495 || strcmp (name
, ".sbss") == 0))
8498 /* xgettext:c-format */
8499 (_("%pB: the target (%s) of a %s relocation is "
8500 "in the wrong output section (%s)"),
8509 /* Relocate against _SDA2_BASE_. */
8510 case R_PPC_EMB_SDA2REL
:
8513 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*sda
= htab
->sdata
[1].sym
;
8516 || sec
->output_section
== NULL
8517 || !is_static_defined (sda
))
8519 unresolved_reloc
= TRUE
;
8522 addend
-= SYM_VAL (sda
);
8524 name
= bfd_section_name (sec
->output_section
);
8525 if (!(strcmp (name
, ".sdata2") == 0
8526 || strcmp (name
, ".sbss2") == 0))
8529 /* xgettext:c-format */
8530 (_("%pB: the target (%s) of a %s relocation is "
8531 "in the wrong output section (%s)"),
8540 case R_PPC_VLE_LO16A
:
8541 relocation
= relocation
+ addend
;
8542 ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
8543 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
, relocation
,
8544 split16a_type
, htab
->params
->vle_reloc_fixup
);
8547 case R_PPC_VLE_LO16D
:
8548 relocation
= relocation
+ addend
;
8549 ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
8550 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
, relocation
,
8551 split16d_type
, htab
->params
->vle_reloc_fixup
);
8554 case R_PPC_VLE_HI16A
:
8555 relocation
= (relocation
+ addend
) >> 16;
8556 ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
8557 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
, relocation
,
8558 split16a_type
, htab
->params
->vle_reloc_fixup
);
8561 case R_PPC_VLE_HI16D
:
8562 relocation
= (relocation
+ addend
) >> 16;
8563 ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
8564 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
, relocation
,
8565 split16d_type
, htab
->params
->vle_reloc_fixup
);
8568 case R_PPC_VLE_HA16A
:
8569 relocation
= (relocation
+ addend
+ 0x8000) >> 16;
8570 ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
8571 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
, relocation
,
8572 split16a_type
, htab
->params
->vle_reloc_fixup
);
8575 case R_PPC_VLE_HA16D
:
8576 relocation
= (relocation
+ addend
+ 0x8000) >> 16;
8577 ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
8578 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
, relocation
,
8579 split16d_type
, htab
->params
->vle_reloc_fixup
);
8582 /* Relocate against either _SDA_BASE_, _SDA2_BASE_, or 0. */
8583 case R_PPC_EMB_SDA21
:
8584 case R_PPC_VLE_SDA21
:
8585 case R_PPC_EMB_RELSDA
:
8586 case R_PPC_VLE_SDA21_LO
:
8591 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*sda
= NULL
;
8593 if (sec
== NULL
|| sec
->output_section
== NULL
)
8595 unresolved_reloc
= TRUE
;
8599 name
= bfd_section_name (sec
->output_section
);
8600 if (strcmp (name
, ".sdata") == 0
8601 || strcmp (name
, ".sbss") == 0)
8604 sda
= htab
->sdata
[0].sym
;
8606 else if (strcmp (name
, ".sdata2") == 0
8607 || strcmp (name
, ".sbss2") == 0)
8610 sda
= htab
->sdata
[1].sym
;
8612 else if (strcmp (name
, ".PPC.EMB.sdata0") == 0
8613 || strcmp (name
, ".PPC.EMB.sbss0") == 0)
8620 /* xgettext:c-format */
8621 (_("%pB: the target (%s) of a %s relocation is "
8622 "in the wrong output section (%s)"),
8628 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
8635 if (!is_static_defined (sda
))
8637 unresolved_reloc
= TRUE
;
8640 addend
-= SYM_VAL (sda
);
8643 if (r_type
== R_PPC_EMB_RELSDA
)
8646 /* The PowerPC Embedded Application Binary Interface
8647 version 1.0 insanely chose to specify R_PPC_EMB_SDA21
8648 operating on a 24-bit field at r_offset. GNU as and
8649 GNU ld have always assumed R_PPC_EMB_SDA21 operates on
8650 a 32-bit bit insn at r_offset. Cope with object file
8651 producers that possibly comply with the EABI in
8652 generating an odd r_offset for big-endian objects. */
8653 if (r_type
== R_PPC_EMB_SDA21
)
8654 rel
->r_offset
&= ~1;
8656 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
8658 && (r_type
== R_PPC_VLE_SDA21
8659 || r_type
== R_PPC_VLE_SDA21_LO
))
8661 relocation
= relocation
+ addend
;
8664 /* Force e_li insn, keeping RT from original insn. */
8668 /* We have an li20 field, bits 17..20, 11..15, 21..31. */
8669 /* Top 4 bits of value to 17..20. */
8670 insn
|= (relocation
& 0xf0000) >> 5;
8671 /* Next 5 bits of the value to 11..15. */
8672 insn
|= (relocation
& 0xf800) << 5;
8673 /* And the final 11 bits of the value to bits 21 to 31. */
8674 insn
|= relocation
& 0x7ff;
8676 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
8678 if (r_type
== R_PPC_VLE_SDA21
8679 && ((relocation
+ 0x80000) & 0xffffffff) > 0x100000)
8683 /* Fill in register field. */
8684 insn
= (insn
& ~RA_REGISTER_MASK
) | (reg
<< RA_REGISTER_SHIFT
);
8685 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
8689 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16A
:
8690 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16D
:
8691 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16A
:
8692 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16D
:
8693 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16A
:
8694 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16D
:
8698 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*sda
= NULL
;
8700 if (sec
== NULL
|| sec
->output_section
== NULL
)
8702 unresolved_reloc
= TRUE
;
8706 name
= bfd_section_name (sec
->output_section
);
8707 if (strcmp (name
, ".sdata") == 0
8708 || strcmp (name
, ".sbss") == 0)
8709 sda
= htab
->sdata
[0].sym
;
8710 else if (strcmp (name
, ".sdata2") == 0
8711 || strcmp (name
, ".sbss2") == 0)
8712 sda
= htab
->sdata
[1].sym
;
8716 /* xgettext:c-format */
8717 (_("%pB: the target (%s) of a %s relocation is "
8718 "in the wrong output section (%s)"),
8724 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
8729 if (sda
== NULL
|| !is_static_defined (sda
))
8731 unresolved_reloc
= TRUE
;
8734 value
= relocation
+ addend
- SYM_VAL (sda
);
8736 if (r_type
== R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16A
)
8737 ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
8738 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
, value
,
8740 htab
->params
->vle_reloc_fixup
);
8741 else if (r_type
== R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16D
)
8742 ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
8743 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
, value
,
8745 htab
->params
->vle_reloc_fixup
);
8746 else if (r_type
== R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16A
)
8748 value
= value
>> 16;
8749 ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
8750 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
, value
,
8752 htab
->params
->vle_reloc_fixup
);
8754 else if (r_type
== R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16D
)
8756 value
= value
>> 16;
8757 ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
8758 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
, value
,
8760 htab
->params
->vle_reloc_fixup
);
8762 else if (r_type
== R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16A
)
8764 value
= (value
+ 0x8000) >> 16;
8765 ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
8766 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
, value
,
8768 htab
->params
->vle_reloc_fixup
);
8770 else if (r_type
== R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16D
)
8772 value
= (value
+ 0x8000) >> 16;
8773 ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
8774 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
, value
,
8776 htab
->params
->vle_reloc_fixup
);
8781 case R_PPC_VLE_ADDR20
:
8782 ppc_elf_vle_split20 (output_bfd
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
, relocation
);
8785 /* Relocate against the beginning of the section. */
8787 case R_PPC_SECTOFF_LO
:
8788 case R_PPC_SECTOFF_HI
:
8789 case R_PPC_SECTOFF_HA
:
8790 if (sec
== NULL
|| sec
->output_section
== NULL
)
8792 unresolved_reloc
= TRUE
;
8795 addend
-= sec
->output_section
->vma
;
8798 /* Negative relocations. */
8799 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR32
:
8800 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16
:
8801 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_LO
:
8802 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HI
:
8803 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HA
:
8804 addend
-= 2 * relocation
;
8808 case R_PPC_GLOB_DAT
:
8809 case R_PPC_JMP_SLOT
:
8810 case R_PPC_RELATIVE
:
8811 case R_PPC_IRELATIVE
:
8813 case R_PPC_PLTREL32
:
8815 case R_PPC_EMB_RELSEC16
:
8816 case R_PPC_EMB_RELST_LO
:
8817 case R_PPC_EMB_RELST_HI
:
8818 case R_PPC_EMB_RELST_HA
:
8819 case R_PPC_EMB_BIT_FLD
:
8820 /* xgettext:c-format */
8821 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: %s unsupported"),
8822 input_bfd
, howto
->name
);
8824 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
8835 if (unresolved_reloc
)
8837 bfd_byte
*p
= contents
+ rel
->r_offset
;
8838 unsigned int insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, p
);
8840 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, B
| insn
, p
);
8841 unresolved_reloc
= save_unresolved_reloc
;
8842 r_type
= R_PPC_REL24
;
8843 howto
= ppc_elf_howto_table
[r_type
];
8845 else if (htab
->plt_type
!= PLT_NEW
)
8846 info
->callbacks
->einfo
8847 (_("%X%P: %H: %s relocation unsupported for bss-plt\n"),
8848 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
8853 case R_PPC_PLT16_HA
:
8854 case R_PPC_PLT16_LO
:
8855 if (unresolved_reloc
)
8857 bfd_byte
*p
= contents
+ (rel
->r_offset
& ~3);
8858 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, NOP
, p
);
8859 unresolved_reloc
= FALSE
;
8860 r_type
= R_PPC_NONE
;
8861 howto
= ppc_elf_howto_table
[r_type
];
8863 else if (htab
->plt_type
!= PLT_NEW
)
8864 info
->callbacks
->einfo
8865 (_("%X%P: %H: %s relocation unsupported for bss-plt\n"),
8866 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
8871 /* Do any further special processing. */
8877 case R_PPC_ADDR16_HA
:
8878 case R_PPC_REL16_HA
:
8879 case R_PPC_REL16DX_HA
:
8880 case R_PPC_SECTOFF_HA
:
8881 case R_PPC_TPREL16_HA
:
8882 case R_PPC_DTPREL16_HA
:
8883 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HA
:
8884 case R_PPC_EMB_RELST_HA
:
8885 /* It's just possible that this symbol is a weak symbol
8886 that's not actually defined anywhere. In that case,
8887 'sec' would be NULL, and we should leave the symbol
8888 alone (it will be set to zero elsewhere in the link). */
8893 case R_PPC_PLT16_HA
:
8894 case R_PPC_GOT16_HA
:
8895 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA
:
8896 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA
:
8897 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HA
:
8898 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HA
:
8899 /* Add 0x10000 if sign bit in 0:15 is set.
8900 Bits 0:15 are not used. */
8905 case R_PPC_ADDR16_LO
:
8907 case R_PPC_GOT16_LO
:
8908 case R_PPC_SDAREL16
:
8910 case R_PPC_SECTOFF_LO
:
8911 case R_PPC_DTPREL16
:
8912 case R_PPC_DTPREL16_LO
:
8914 case R_PPC_TPREL16_LO
:
8915 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16
:
8916 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO
:
8917 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16
:
8918 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO
:
8919 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16
:
8920 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_LO
:
8921 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16
:
8922 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO
:
8924 /* The 32-bit ABI lacks proper relocations to deal with
8925 certain 64-bit instructions. Prevent damage to bits
8926 that make up part of the insn opcode. */
8927 unsigned int insn
, mask
, lobit
;
8929 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
,
8930 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
);
8932 if (is_insn_ds_form (insn
))
8934 else if (is_insn_dq_form (insn
))
8938 relocation
+= addend
;
8939 addend
= insn
& mask
;
8940 lobit
= mask
& relocation
;
8943 relocation
^= lobit
;
8944 info
->callbacks
->einfo
8945 /* xgettext:c-format */
8946 (_("%H: error: %s against `%s' not a multiple of %u\n"),
8947 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
8948 howto
->name
, sym_name
, mask
+ 1);
8949 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
8957 fprintf (stderr
, "\ttype = %s (%d), name = %s, symbol index = %ld, "
8958 "offset = %ld, addend = %ld\n",
8963 (long) rel
->r_offset
,
8967 if (unresolved_reloc
8968 && !((input_section
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
) != 0
8970 && _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd
, info
, input_section
,
8971 rel
->r_offset
) != (bfd_vma
) -1)
8973 info
->callbacks
->einfo
8974 /* xgettext:c-format */
8975 (_("%H: unresolvable %s relocation against symbol `%s'\n"),
8976 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
8982 /* 16-bit fields in insns mostly have signed values, but a
8983 few insns have 16-bit unsigned values. Really, we should
8984 have different reloc types. */
8985 if (howto
->complain_on_overflow
!= complain_overflow_dont
8986 && howto
->dst_mask
== 0xffff
8987 && (input_section
->flags
& SEC_CODE
) != 0)
8989 enum complain_overflow complain
= complain_overflow_signed
;
8991 if ((elf_section_flags (input_section
) & SHF_PPC_VLE
) == 0)
8995 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ (rel
->r_offset
& ~3));
8996 if ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 10u << 26 /* cmpli */)
8997 complain
= complain_overflow_bitfield
;
8998 else if ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 28u << 26 /* andi */
8999 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 24u << 26 /* ori */
9000 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 26u << 26 /* xori */)
9001 complain
= complain_overflow_unsigned
;
9003 if (howto
->complain_on_overflow
!= complain
)
9006 alt_howto
.complain_on_overflow
= complain
;
9011 if (r_type
== R_PPC_REL16DX_HA
)
9013 /* Split field reloc isn't handled by _bfd_final_link_relocate. */
9014 if (rel
->r_offset
+ 4 > input_section
->size
)
9015 r
= bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
9020 relocation
+= addend
;
9021 relocation
-= (rel
->r_offset
9022 + input_section
->output_offset
9023 + input_section
->output_section
->vma
);
9025 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
9027 insn
|= (relocation
& 0xffc1) | ((relocation
& 0x3e) << 15);
9028 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
9033 r
= _bfd_final_link_relocate (howto
, input_bfd
, input_section
, contents
,
9034 rel
->r_offset
, relocation
, addend
);
9036 if (r
!= bfd_reloc_ok
)
9038 if (r
== bfd_reloc_overflow
)
9041 /* On code like "if (foo) foo();" don't report overflow
9042 on a branch to zero when foo is undefined. */
9045 && (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
9046 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
)
9047 && is_branch_reloc (r_type
)))
9048 info
->callbacks
->reloc_overflow
9049 (info
, (h
? &h
->root
: NULL
), sym_name
, howto
->name
,
9050 rel
->r_addend
, input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
);
9054 info
->callbacks
->einfo
9055 /* xgettext:c-format */
9056 (_("%H: %s reloc against `%s': error %d\n"),
9057 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
9058 howto
->name
, sym_name
, (int) r
);
9069 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*rel_hdr
;
9070 size_t deleted
= rel
- wrel
;
9072 rel_hdr
= _bfd_elf_single_rel_hdr (input_section
->output_section
);
9073 rel_hdr
->sh_size
-= rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
* deleted
;
9074 if (rel_hdr
->sh_size
== 0)
9076 /* It is too late to remove an empty reloc section. Leave
9078 ??? What is wrong with an empty section??? */
9079 rel_hdr
->sh_size
= rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
;
9084 rel_hdr
= _bfd_elf_single_rel_hdr (input_section
);
9085 rel_hdr
->sh_size
-= rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
* deleted
;
9086 input_section
->reloc_count
-= deleted
;
9090 fprintf (stderr
, "\n");
9093 if (input_section
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_TARGET
9094 && input_section
->size
!= input_section
->rawsize
9095 && (strcmp (input_section
->output_section
->name
, ".init") == 0
9096 || strcmp (input_section
->output_section
->name
, ".fini") == 0))
9098 /* Branch around the trampolines. */
9099 unsigned int insn
= B
+ input_section
->size
- input_section
->rawsize
;
9100 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, contents
+ input_section
->rawsize
);
9103 if (htab
->params
->ppc476_workaround
9104 && input_section
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_TARGET
9105 && (!bfd_link_relocatable (info
)
9106 || (input_section
->output_section
->alignment_power
9107 >= htab
->params
->pagesize_p2
)))
9109 bfd_vma start_addr
, end_addr
, addr
;
9110 bfd_vma pagesize
= (bfd_vma
) 1 << htab
->params
->pagesize_p2
;
9112 if (relax_info
->workaround_size
!= 0)
9118 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, BA
, fill
);
9119 p
= contents
+ input_section
->size
- relax_info
->workaround_size
;
9120 n
= relax_info
->workaround_size
>> 2;
9123 memcpy (p
, fill
, 4);
9128 /* The idea is: Replace the last instruction on a page with a
9129 branch to a patch area. Put the insn there followed by a
9130 branch back to the next page. Complicated a little by
9131 needing to handle moved conditional branches, and by not
9132 wanting to touch data-in-text. */
9134 start_addr
= (input_section
->output_section
->vma
9135 + input_section
->output_offset
);
9136 end_addr
= (start_addr
+ input_section
->size
9137 - relax_info
->workaround_size
);
9138 for (addr
= ((start_addr
& -pagesize
) + pagesize
- 4);
9142 bfd_vma offset
= addr
- start_addr
;
9143 Elf_Internal_Rela
*lo
, *hi
;
9144 bfd_boolean is_data
;
9145 bfd_vma patch_off
, patch_addr
;
9148 /* Do we have a data reloc at this offset? If so, leave
9156 rel
= lo
+ (hi
- lo
) / 2;
9157 if (rel
->r_offset
< offset
)
9159 else if (rel
->r_offset
> offset
+ 3)
9163 switch (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
))
9180 /* Some instructions can be left alone too. Unconditional
9181 branches, except for bcctr with BO=0x14 (bctr, bctrl),
9182 avoid the icache failure.
9184 The problem occurs due to prefetch across a page boundary
9185 where stale instructions can be fetched from the next
9186 page, and the mechanism for flushing these bad
9187 instructions fails under certain circumstances. The
9188 unconditional branches:
9189 1) Branch: b, bl, ba, bla,
9190 2) Branch Conditional: bc, bca, bcl, bcla,
9191 3) Branch Conditional to Link Register: bclr, bclrl,
9192 where (2) and (3) have BO=0x14 making them unconditional,
9193 prevent the bad prefetch because the prefetch itself is
9194 affected by these instructions. This happens even if the
9195 instruction is not executed.
9200 . addi 9,9,new_page@l
9207 The bctr is not predicted taken due to ctr not being
9208 ready, so prefetch continues on past the bctr into the
9209 new page which might have stale instructions. If they
9210 fail to be flushed, then they will be executed after the
9211 bctr executes. Either of the following modifications
9212 prevent the bad prefetch from happening in the first
9215 . lis 9,new_page@ha lis 9,new_page@ha
9216 . addi 9,9,new_page@l addi 9,9,new_page@l
9219 . nop b somewhere_else
9220 . b somewhere_else nop
9221 . new_page: new_page:
9223 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ offset
);
9224 if ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == (18u << 26) /* b,bl,ba,bla */
9225 || ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == (16u << 26) /* bc,bcl,bca,bcla*/
9226 && (insn
& (0x14 << 21)) == (0x14 << 21)) /* with BO=0x14 */
9227 || ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == (19u << 26)
9228 && (insn
& (0x3ff << 1)) == (16u << 1) /* bclr,bclrl */
9229 && (insn
& (0x14 << 21)) == (0x14 << 21)))/* with BO=0x14 */
9232 patch_addr
= (start_addr
+ input_section
->size
9233 - relax_info
->workaround_size
);
9234 patch_addr
= (patch_addr
+ 15) & -16;
9235 patch_off
= patch_addr
- start_addr
;
9236 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, B
+ patch_off
- offset
, contents
+ offset
);
9239 && rel
->r_offset
>= offset
9240 && rel
->r_offset
< offset
+ 4)
9244 /* If the insn we are patching had a reloc, adjust the
9245 reloc r_offset so that the reloc applies to the moved
9246 location. This matters for -r and --emit-relocs. */
9247 if (rel
+ 1 != relend
)
9249 Elf_Internal_Rela tmp
= *rel
;
9251 /* Keep the relocs sorted by r_offset. */
9252 memmove (rel
, rel
+ 1, (relend
- (rel
+ 1)) * sizeof (*rel
));
9255 relend
[-1].r_offset
+= patch_off
- offset
;
9257 /* Adjust REL16 addends too. */
9258 switch (ELF32_R_TYPE (relend
[-1].r_info
))
9261 case R_PPC_REL16_LO
:
9262 case R_PPC_REL16_HI
:
9263 case R_PPC_REL16_HA
:
9264 relend
[-1].r_addend
+= patch_off
- offset
;
9270 /* If we are building a PIE or shared library with
9271 non-PIC objects, perhaps we had a dynamic reloc too?
9272 If so, the dynamic reloc must move with the insn. */
9273 sreloc
= elf_section_data (input_section
)->sreloc
;
9276 Elf32_External_Rela
*slo
, *shi
, *srelend
;
9279 slo
= (Elf32_External_Rela
*) sreloc
->contents
;
9280 shi
= srelend
= slo
+ sreloc
->reloc_count
;
9281 soffset
= (offset
+ input_section
->output_section
->vma
9282 + input_section
->output_offset
);
9285 Elf32_External_Rela
*srel
= slo
+ (shi
- slo
) / 2;
9286 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_in (output_bfd
, (bfd_byte
*) srel
,
9288 if (outrel
.r_offset
< soffset
)
9290 else if (outrel
.r_offset
> soffset
+ 3)
9294 if (srel
+ 1 != srelend
)
9296 memmove (srel
, srel
+ 1,
9297 (srelend
- (srel
+ 1)) * sizeof (*srel
));
9300 outrel
.r_offset
+= patch_off
- offset
;
9301 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &outrel
,
9311 if ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == (16u << 26) /* bc */
9312 && (insn
& 2) == 0 /* relative */)
9314 bfd_vma delta
= ((insn
& 0xfffc) ^ 0x8000) - 0x8000;
9316 delta
+= offset
- patch_off
;
9317 if (bfd_link_relocatable (info
) && rel
!= NULL
)
9319 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (info
) && rel
!= NULL
)
9321 enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type
;
9323 r_type
= ELF32_R_TYPE (relend
[-1].r_info
);
9324 if (r_type
== R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN
)
9325 insn
|= BRANCH_PREDICT_BIT
;
9326 else if (r_type
== R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN
)
9327 insn
&= ~BRANCH_PREDICT_BIT
;
9329 BFD_ASSERT (r_type
== R_PPC_REL14
);
9331 if ((r_type
== R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN
9332 || r_type
== R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN
)
9333 && delta
+ 0x8000 < 0x10000
9334 && (bfd_signed_vma
) delta
< 0)
9335 insn
^= BRANCH_PREDICT_BIT
;
9337 if (delta
+ 0x8000 < 0x10000)
9339 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
,
9340 (insn
& ~0xfffc) | (delta
& 0xfffc),
9341 contents
+ patch_off
);
9343 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
,
9344 B
| ((offset
+ 4 - patch_off
) & 0x3fffffc),
9345 contents
+ patch_off
);
9352 unsigned int r_sym
= ELF32_R_SYM (relend
[-1].r_info
);
9354 relend
[-1].r_offset
+= 8;
9355 relend
[-1].r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (r_sym
, R_PPC_REL24
);
9357 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
,
9358 (insn
& ~0xfffc) | 8,
9359 contents
+ patch_off
);
9361 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
,
9362 B
| ((offset
+ 4 - patch_off
) & 0x3fffffc),
9363 contents
+ patch_off
);
9365 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
,
9366 B
| ((delta
- 8) & 0x3fffffc),
9367 contents
+ patch_off
);
9373 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, contents
+ patch_off
);
9375 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
,
9376 B
| ((offset
+ 4 - patch_off
) & 0x3fffffc),
9377 contents
+ patch_off
);
9380 BFD_ASSERT (patch_off
<= input_section
->size
);
9381 relax_info
->workaround_size
= input_section
->size
- patch_off
;
9388 /* Write out the PLT relocs and entries for H. */
9391 write_global_sym_plt (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *inf
)
9393 struct bfd_link_info
*info
= (struct bfd_link_info
*) inf
;
9394 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
9395 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
9396 bfd_boolean doneone
;
9399 for (ent
= h
->plt
.plist
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
9400 if (ent
->plt
.offset
!= (bfd_vma
) -1)
9404 Elf_Internal_Rela rela
;
9406 bfd_vma reloc_index
;
9407 asection
*plt
= htab
->elf
.splt
;
9408 asection
*relplt
= htab
->elf
.srelplt
;
9410 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_NEW
9411 || !htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
9412 || h
->dynindx
== -1)
9413 reloc_index
= ent
->plt
.offset
/ 4;
9416 reloc_index
= ((ent
->plt
.offset
- htab
->plt_initial_entry_size
)
9417 / htab
->plt_slot_size
);
9418 if (reloc_index
> PLT_NUM_SINGLE_ENTRIES
9419 && htab
->plt_type
== PLT_OLD
)
9420 reloc_index
-= (reloc_index
- PLT_NUM_SINGLE_ENTRIES
) / 2;
9423 /* This symbol has an entry in the procedure linkage table.
9425 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_VXWORKS
9426 && htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
9427 && h
->dynindx
!= -1)
9430 const bfd_vma
*plt_entry
;
9432 /* The first three entries in .got.plt are reserved. */
9433 got_offset
= (reloc_index
+ 3) * 4;
9435 /* Use the right PLT. */
9436 plt_entry
= bfd_link_pic (info
) ? ppc_elf_vxworks_pic_plt_entry
9437 : ppc_elf_vxworks_plt_entry
;
9439 /* Fill in the .plt on VxWorks. */
9440 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
9442 bfd_put_32 (info
->output_bfd
,
9443 plt_entry
[0] | PPC_HA (got_offset
),
9444 plt
->contents
+ ent
->plt
.offset
+ 0);
9445 bfd_put_32 (info
->output_bfd
,
9446 plt_entry
[1] | PPC_LO (got_offset
),
9447 plt
->contents
+ ent
->plt
.offset
+ 4);
9451 bfd_vma got_loc
= got_offset
+ SYM_VAL (htab
->elf
.hgot
);
9453 bfd_put_32 (info
->output_bfd
,
9454 plt_entry
[0] | PPC_HA (got_loc
),
9455 plt
->contents
+ ent
->plt
.offset
+ 0);
9456 bfd_put_32 (info
->output_bfd
,
9457 plt_entry
[1] | PPC_LO (got_loc
),
9458 plt
->contents
+ ent
->plt
.offset
+ 4);
9461 bfd_put_32 (info
->output_bfd
, plt_entry
[2],
9462 plt
->contents
+ ent
->plt
.offset
+ 8);
9463 bfd_put_32 (info
->output_bfd
, plt_entry
[3],
9464 plt
->contents
+ ent
->plt
.offset
+ 12);
9466 /* This instruction is an immediate load. The value loaded is
9467 the byte offset of the R_PPC_JMP_SLOT relocation from the
9468 start of the .rela.plt section. The value is stored in the
9469 low-order 16 bits of the load instruction. */
9470 /* NOTE: It appears that this is now an index rather than a
9471 prescaled offset. */
9472 bfd_put_32 (info
->output_bfd
,
9473 plt_entry
[4] | reloc_index
,
9474 plt
->contents
+ ent
->plt
.offset
+ 16);
9475 /* This instruction is a PC-relative branch whose target is
9476 the start of the PLT section. The address of this branch
9477 instruction is 20 bytes beyond the start of this PLT entry.
9478 The address is encoded in bits 6-29, inclusive. The value
9479 stored is right-shifted by two bits, permitting a 26-bit
9481 bfd_put_32 (info
->output_bfd
,
9483 | (-(ent
->plt
.offset
+ 20) & 0x03fffffc)),
9484 plt
->contents
+ ent
->plt
.offset
+ 20);
9485 bfd_put_32 (info
->output_bfd
, plt_entry
[6],
9486 plt
->contents
+ ent
->plt
.offset
+ 24);
9487 bfd_put_32 (info
->output_bfd
, plt_entry
[7],
9488 plt
->contents
+ ent
->plt
.offset
+ 28);
9490 /* Fill in the GOT entry corresponding to this PLT slot with
9491 the address immediately after the "bctr" instruction
9492 in this PLT entry. */
9493 bfd_put_32 (info
->output_bfd
, (plt
->output_section
->vma
9494 + plt
->output_offset
9495 + ent
->plt
.offset
+ 16),
9496 htab
->elf
.sgotplt
->contents
+ got_offset
);
9498 if (!bfd_link_pic (info
))
9500 /* Fill in a couple of entries in .rela.plt.unloaded. */
9501 loc
= htab
->srelplt2
->contents
9502 + ((VXWORKS_PLTRESOLVE_RELOCS
+ reloc_index
9503 * VXWORKS_PLT_NON_JMP_SLOT_RELOCS
)
9504 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
));
9506 /* Provide the @ha relocation for the first instruction. */
9507 rela
.r_offset
= (plt
->output_section
->vma
9508 + plt
->output_offset
9509 + ent
->plt
.offset
+ 2);
9510 rela
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->elf
.hgot
->indx
,
9512 rela
.r_addend
= got_offset
;
9513 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (info
->output_bfd
, &rela
, loc
);
9514 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
9516 /* Provide the @l relocation for the second instruction. */
9517 rela
.r_offset
= (plt
->output_section
->vma
9518 + plt
->output_offset
9519 + ent
->plt
.offset
+ 6);
9520 rela
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->elf
.hgot
->indx
,
9522 rela
.r_addend
= got_offset
;
9523 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (info
->output_bfd
, &rela
, loc
);
9524 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
9526 /* Provide a relocation for the GOT entry corresponding to this
9527 PLT slot. Point it at the middle of the .plt entry. */
9528 rela
.r_offset
= (htab
->elf
.sgotplt
->output_section
->vma
9529 + htab
->elf
.sgotplt
->output_offset
9531 rela
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->elf
.hplt
->indx
,
9533 rela
.r_addend
= ent
->plt
.offset
+ 16;
9534 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (info
->output_bfd
, &rela
, loc
);
9537 /* VxWorks uses non-standard semantics for R_PPC_JMP_SLOT.
9538 In particular, the offset for the relocation is not the
9539 address of the PLT entry for this function, as specified
9540 by the ABI. Instead, the offset is set to the address of
9541 the GOT slot for this function. See EABI 4.4.4.1. */
9542 rela
.r_offset
= (htab
->elf
.sgotplt
->output_section
->vma
9543 + htab
->elf
.sgotplt
->output_offset
9550 if (!htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
9551 || h
->dynindx
== -1)
9553 if (h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
9555 plt
= htab
->elf
.iplt
;
9556 relplt
= htab
->elf
.irelplt
;
9560 plt
= htab
->pltlocal
;
9561 relplt
= bfd_link_pic (info
) ? htab
->relpltlocal
: NULL
;
9564 && (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
9565 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
))
9566 rela
.r_addend
= SYM_VAL (h
);
9571 loc
= plt
->contents
+ ent
->plt
.offset
;
9572 bfd_put_32 (info
->output_bfd
, rela
.r_addend
, loc
);
9576 rela
.r_offset
= (plt
->output_section
->vma
9577 + plt
->output_offset
9580 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_OLD
9581 || !htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
9582 || h
->dynindx
== -1)
9584 /* We don't need to fill in the .plt. The ppc dynamic
9585 linker will fill it in. */
9589 bfd_vma val
= (htab
->glink_pltresolve
+ ent
->plt
.offset
9590 + htab
->glink
->output_section
->vma
9591 + htab
->glink
->output_offset
);
9592 bfd_put_32 (info
->output_bfd
, val
,
9593 plt
->contents
+ ent
->plt
.offset
);
9600 /* Fill in the entry in the .rela.plt section. */
9601 if (!htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
9602 || h
->dynindx
== -1)
9604 if (h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
9605 rela
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_IRELATIVE
);
9607 rela
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_RELATIVE
);
9608 loc
= relplt
->contents
+ (relplt
->reloc_count
++
9609 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
));
9610 htab
->local_ifunc_resolver
= 1;
9614 rela
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (h
->dynindx
, R_PPC_JMP_SLOT
);
9615 loc
= relplt
->contents
+ (reloc_index
9616 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
));
9617 if (h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
&& is_static_defined (h
))
9618 htab
->maybe_local_ifunc_resolver
= 1;
9620 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (info
->output_bfd
, &rela
, loc
);
9625 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_NEW
9626 || !htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
9627 || h
->dynindx
== -1)
9630 asection
*plt
= htab
->elf
.splt
;
9632 if (!htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
9633 || h
->dynindx
== -1)
9635 if (h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
9636 plt
= htab
->elf
.iplt
;
9641 p
= (unsigned char *) htab
->glink
->contents
+ ent
->glink_offset
;
9642 write_glink_stub (h
, ent
, plt
, p
, info
);
9644 if (!bfd_link_pic (info
))
9645 /* We only need one non-PIC glink stub. */
9654 /* Finish up PLT handling. */
9657 ppc_finish_symbols (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
9659 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
9665 elf_link_hash_traverse (&htab
->elf
, write_global_sym_plt
, info
);
9667 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
!= NULL
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
9669 bfd_vma
*local_got
, *end_local_got
;
9670 struct plt_entry
**local_plt
, **lplt
, **end_local_plt
;
9671 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
9672 bfd_size_type locsymcount
;
9673 Elf_Internal_Sym
*local_syms
= NULL
;
9674 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
9676 if (!is_ppc_elf (ibfd
))
9679 local_got
= elf_local_got_offsets (ibfd
);
9683 symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd
);
9684 locsymcount
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
9685 end_local_got
= local_got
+ locsymcount
;
9686 local_plt
= (struct plt_entry
**) end_local_got
;
9687 end_local_plt
= local_plt
+ locsymcount
;
9688 for (lplt
= local_plt
; lplt
< end_local_plt
; ++lplt
)
9689 for (ent
= *lplt
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
9691 if (ent
->plt
.offset
!= (bfd_vma
) -1)
9693 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
9695 asection
*plt
, *relplt
;
9698 Elf_Internal_Rela rela
;
9701 if (!get_sym_h (NULL
, &sym
, &sym_sec
, NULL
, &local_syms
,
9702 lplt
- local_plt
, ibfd
))
9704 if (local_syms
!= NULL
9705 && symtab_hdr
->contents
!= (unsigned char *) local_syms
)
9710 val
= sym
->st_value
;
9711 if (sym_sec
!= NULL
&& sym_sec
->output_section
!= NULL
)
9712 val
+= sym_sec
->output_offset
+ sym_sec
->output_section
->vma
;
9714 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
9716 htab
->local_ifunc_resolver
= 1;
9717 plt
= htab
->elf
.iplt
;
9718 relplt
= htab
->elf
.irelplt
;
9719 rela
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_IRELATIVE
);
9723 plt
= htab
->pltlocal
;
9724 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
9726 relplt
= htab
->relpltlocal
;
9727 rela
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_RELATIVE
);
9731 loc
= plt
->contents
+ ent
->plt
.offset
;
9732 bfd_put_32 (info
->output_bfd
, val
, loc
);
9737 rela
.r_offset
= (ent
->plt
.offset
9738 + plt
->output_offset
9739 + plt
->output_section
->vma
);
9740 rela
.r_addend
= val
;
9741 loc
= relplt
->contents
+ (relplt
->reloc_count
++
9742 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
));
9743 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (info
->output_bfd
, &rela
, loc
);
9745 p
= (unsigned char *) htab
->glink
->contents
+ ent
->glink_offset
;
9746 write_glink_stub (NULL
, ent
, htab
->elf
.iplt
, p
, info
);
9750 if (local_syms
!= NULL
9751 && symtab_hdr
->contents
!= (unsigned char *) local_syms
)
9753 if (!info
->keep_memory
)
9756 symtab_hdr
->contents
= (unsigned char *) local_syms
;
9762 /* Finish up dynamic symbol handling. We set the contents of various
9763 dynamic sections here. */
9766 ppc_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol (bfd
*output_bfd
,
9767 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
9768 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
9769 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
9771 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
9772 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
9775 fprintf (stderr
, "ppc_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol called for %s",
9776 h
->root
.root
.string
);
9780 || (h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
&& !bfd_link_pic (info
)))
9781 for (ent
= h
->plt
.plist
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
9782 if (ent
->plt
.offset
!= (bfd_vma
) -1)
9784 if (!h
->def_regular
)
9786 /* Mark the symbol as undefined, rather than as
9787 defined in the .plt section. Leave the value if
9788 there were any relocations where pointer equality
9789 matters (this is a clue for the dynamic linker, to
9790 make function pointer comparisons work between an
9791 application and shared library), otherwise set it
9793 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_UNDEF
;
9794 if (!h
->pointer_equality_needed
)
9796 else if (!h
->ref_regular_nonweak
)
9798 /* This breaks function pointer comparisons, but
9799 that is better than breaking tests for a NULL
9800 function pointer. */
9806 /* Set the value of ifunc symbols in a non-pie
9807 executable to the glink entry. This is to avoid
9808 text relocations. We can't do this for ifunc in
9809 allocate_dynrelocs, as we do for normal dynamic
9810 function symbols with plt entries, because we need
9811 to keep the original value around for the ifunc
9814 = (_bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section
9815 (info
->output_bfd
, htab
->glink
->output_section
));
9816 sym
->st_value
= (ent
->glink_offset
9817 + htab
->glink
->output_offset
9818 + htab
->glink
->output_section
->vma
);
9826 Elf_Internal_Rela rela
;
9829 /* This symbols needs a copy reloc. Set it up. */
9832 fprintf (stderr
, ", copy");
9835 BFD_ASSERT (h
->dynindx
!= -1);
9837 if (ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->has_sda_refs
)
9839 else if (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
== htab
->elf
.sdynrelro
)
9840 s
= htab
->elf
.sreldynrelro
;
9842 s
= htab
->elf
.srelbss
;
9843 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
9845 rela
.r_offset
= SYM_VAL (h
);
9846 rela
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (h
->dynindx
, R_PPC_COPY
);
9848 loc
= s
->contents
+ s
->reloc_count
++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
9849 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rela
, loc
);
9853 fprintf (stderr
, "\n");
9859 static enum elf_reloc_type_class
9860 ppc_elf_reloc_type_class (const struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
9861 const asection
*rel_sec
,
9862 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rela
)
9864 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
9866 if (rel_sec
== htab
->elf
.irelplt
)
9867 return reloc_class_ifunc
;
9869 switch (ELF32_R_TYPE (rela
->r_info
))
9871 case R_PPC_RELATIVE
:
9872 return reloc_class_relative
;
9873 case R_PPC_JMP_SLOT
:
9874 return reloc_class_plt
;
9876 return reloc_class_copy
;
9878 return reloc_class_normal
;
9882 /* Finish up the dynamic sections. */
9885 ppc_elf_finish_dynamic_sections (bfd
*output_bfd
,
9886 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
9889 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
9892 bfd_boolean ret
= TRUE
;
9895 fprintf (stderr
, "ppc_elf_finish_dynamic_sections called\n");
9898 htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
9899 dynobj
= htab
->elf
.dynobj
;
9900 sdyn
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".dynamic");
9903 if (htab
->elf
.hgot
!= NULL
)
9904 got
= SYM_VAL (htab
->elf
.hgot
);
9906 if (htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
)
9908 Elf32_External_Dyn
*dyncon
, *dynconend
;
9910 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->elf
.splt
!= NULL
&& sdyn
!= NULL
);
9912 dyncon
= (Elf32_External_Dyn
*) sdyn
->contents
;
9913 dynconend
= (Elf32_External_Dyn
*) (sdyn
->contents
+ sdyn
->size
);
9914 for (; dyncon
< dynconend
; dyncon
++)
9916 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
9919 bfd_elf32_swap_dyn_in (dynobj
, dyncon
, &dyn
);
9924 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
9925 s
= htab
->elf
.sgotplt
;
9928 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= s
->output_section
->vma
+ s
->output_offset
;
9932 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= htab
->elf
.srelplt
->size
;
9936 s
= htab
->elf
.srelplt
;
9937 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= s
->output_section
->vma
+ s
->output_offset
;
9941 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= got
;
9945 if (htab
->local_ifunc_resolver
)
9946 info
->callbacks
->einfo
9947 (_("%X%P: text relocations and GNU indirect "
9948 "functions will result in a segfault at runtime\n"));
9949 else if (htab
->maybe_local_ifunc_resolver
)
9950 info
->callbacks
->einfo
9951 (_("%P: warning: text relocations and GNU indirect "
9952 "functions may result in a segfault at runtime\n"));
9956 if (htab
->is_vxworks
9957 && elf_vxworks_finish_dynamic_entry (output_bfd
, &dyn
))
9962 bfd_elf32_swap_dyn_out (output_bfd
, &dyn
, dyncon
);
9966 if (htab
->elf
.sgot
!= NULL
9967 && htab
->elf
.sgot
->output_section
!= bfd_abs_section_ptr
)
9969 if (htab
->elf
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.section
== htab
->elf
.sgot
9970 || htab
->elf
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.section
== htab
->elf
.sgotplt
)
9972 unsigned char *p
= htab
->elf
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.section
->contents
;
9974 p
+= htab
->elf
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
9975 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_OLD
)
9977 /* Add a blrl instruction at _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_-4
9978 so that a function can easily find the address of
9979 _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_. */
9980 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->elf
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.value
- 4
9981 < htab
->elf
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.section
->size
);
9982 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, 0x4e800021, p
- 4);
9987 bfd_vma val
= sdyn
->output_section
->vma
+ sdyn
->output_offset
;
9988 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->elf
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.value
9989 < htab
->elf
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.section
->size
);
9990 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, val
, p
);
9995 /* xgettext:c-format */
9996 _bfd_error_handler (_("%s not defined in linker created %pA"),
9997 htab
->elf
.hgot
->root
.root
.string
,
9998 (htab
->elf
.sgotplt
!= NULL
9999 ? htab
->elf
.sgotplt
: htab
->elf
.sgot
));
10000 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
10004 elf_section_data (htab
->elf
.sgot
->output_section
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
= 4;
10007 /* Fill in the first entry in the VxWorks procedure linkage table. */
10008 if (htab
->is_vxworks
10009 && htab
->elf
.splt
!= NULL
10010 && htab
->elf
.splt
->size
!= 0
10011 && htab
->elf
.splt
->output_section
!= bfd_abs_section_ptr
)
10013 asection
*splt
= htab
->elf
.splt
;
10014 /* Use the right PLT. */
10015 const bfd_vma
*plt_entry
= (bfd_link_pic (info
)
10016 ? ppc_elf_vxworks_pic_plt0_entry
10017 : ppc_elf_vxworks_plt0_entry
);
10019 if (!bfd_link_pic (info
))
10021 bfd_vma got_value
= SYM_VAL (htab
->elf
.hgot
);
10023 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[0] | PPC_HA (got_value
),
10024 splt
->contents
+ 0);
10025 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[1] | PPC_LO (got_value
),
10026 splt
->contents
+ 4);
10030 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[0], splt
->contents
+ 0);
10031 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[1], splt
->contents
+ 4);
10033 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[2], splt
->contents
+ 8);
10034 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[3], splt
->contents
+ 12);
10035 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[4], splt
->contents
+ 16);
10036 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[5], splt
->contents
+ 20);
10037 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[6], splt
->contents
+ 24);
10038 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[7], splt
->contents
+ 28);
10040 if (! bfd_link_pic (info
))
10042 Elf_Internal_Rela rela
;
10045 loc
= htab
->srelplt2
->contents
;
10047 /* Output the @ha relocation for the first instruction. */
10048 rela
.r_offset
= (htab
->elf
.splt
->output_section
->vma
10049 + htab
->elf
.splt
->output_offset
10051 rela
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->elf
.hgot
->indx
, R_PPC_ADDR16_HA
);
10053 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rela
, loc
);
10054 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
10056 /* Output the @l relocation for the second instruction. */
10057 rela
.r_offset
= (htab
->elf
.splt
->output_section
->vma
10058 + htab
->elf
.splt
->output_offset
10060 rela
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->elf
.hgot
->indx
, R_PPC_ADDR16_LO
);
10062 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rela
, loc
);
10063 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
10065 /* Fix up the remaining relocations. They may have the wrong
10066 symbol index for _G_O_T_ or _P_L_T_ depending on the order
10067 in which symbols were output. */
10068 while (loc
< htab
->srelplt2
->contents
+ htab
->srelplt2
->size
)
10070 Elf_Internal_Rela rel
;
10072 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_in (output_bfd
, loc
, &rel
);
10073 rel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->elf
.hgot
->indx
, R_PPC_ADDR16_HA
);
10074 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out (output_bfd
, &rel
, loc
);
10075 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
10077 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_in (output_bfd
, loc
, &rel
);
10078 rel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->elf
.hgot
->indx
, R_PPC_ADDR16_LO
);
10079 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out (output_bfd
, &rel
, loc
);
10080 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
10082 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_in (output_bfd
, loc
, &rel
);
10083 rel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->elf
.hplt
->indx
, R_PPC_ADDR32
);
10084 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out (output_bfd
, &rel
, loc
);
10085 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
10090 if (htab
->glink
!= NULL
10091 && htab
->glink
->contents
!= NULL
10092 && htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
)
10095 unsigned char *endp
;
10099 * PIC glink code is the following:
10101 * # ith PLT code stub.
10102 * addis 11,30,(plt+(i-1)*4-got)@ha
10103 * lwz 11,(plt+(i-1)*4-got)@l(11)
10107 * # A table of branches, one for each plt entry.
10108 * # The idea is that the plt call stub loads ctr and r11 with these
10109 * # addresses, so (r11 - res_0) gives the plt index * 4.
10110 * res_0: b PLTresolve
10111 * res_1: b PLTresolve
10113 * # Some number of entries towards the end can be nops
10119 * addis 11,11,(1f-res_0)@ha
10122 * 1: addi 11,11,(1b-res_0)@l
10125 * sub 11,11,12 # r11 = index * 4
10126 * addis 12,12,(got+4-1b)@ha
10127 * lwz 0,(got+4-1b)@l(12) # got[1] address of dl_runtime_resolve
10128 * lwz 12,(got+8-1b)@l(12) # got[2] contains the map address
10131 * add 11,0,11 # r11 = index * 12 = reloc offset.
10134 * Non-PIC glink code is a little simpler.
10136 * # ith PLT code stub.
10137 * lis 11,(plt+(i-1)*4)@ha
10138 * lwz 11,(plt+(i-1)*4)@l(11)
10142 * The branch table is the same, then comes
10145 * lis 12,(got+4)@ha
10146 * addis 11,11,(-res_0)@ha
10147 * lwz 0,(got+4)@l(12) # got[1] address of dl_runtime_resolve
10148 * addi 11,11,(-res_0)@l # r11 = index * 4
10151 * lwz 12,(got+8)@l(12) # got[2] contains the map address
10152 * add 11,0,11 # r11 = index * 12 = reloc offset.
10156 /* Build the branch table, one for each plt entry (less one),
10157 and perhaps some padding. */
10158 p
= htab
->glink
->contents
;
10159 p
+= htab
->glink_pltresolve
;
10160 endp
= htab
->glink
->contents
;
10161 endp
+= htab
->glink
->size
- GLINK_PLTRESOLVE
;
10162 while (p
< endp
- (htab
->params
->ppc476_workaround
? 0 : 8 * 4))
10164 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, B
+ endp
- p
, p
);
10169 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, NOP
, p
);
10173 res0
= (htab
->glink_pltresolve
10174 + htab
->glink
->output_section
->vma
10175 + htab
->glink
->output_offset
);
10177 if (htab
->params
->ppc476_workaround
)
10179 /* Ensure that a call stub at the end of a page doesn't
10180 result in prefetch over the end of the page into the
10181 glink branch table. */
10182 bfd_vma pagesize
= (bfd_vma
) 1 << htab
->params
->pagesize_p2
;
10184 bfd_vma glink_start
= (htab
->glink
->output_section
->vma
10185 + htab
->glink
->output_offset
);
10187 for (page_addr
= res0
& -pagesize
;
10188 page_addr
> glink_start
;
10189 page_addr
-= pagesize
)
10191 /* We have a plt call stub that may need fixing. */
10195 loc
= htab
->glink
->contents
+ page_addr
- 4 - glink_start
;
10196 insn
= bfd_get_32 (output_bfd
, loc
);
10199 /* By alignment, we know that there must be at least
10200 one other call stub before this one. */
10201 insn
= bfd_get_32 (output_bfd
, loc
- 16);
10203 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, B
| (-16 & 0x3fffffc), loc
);
10205 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, B
| (-20 & 0x3fffffc), loc
);
10210 /* Last comes the PLTresolve stub. */
10211 endp
= p
+ GLINK_PLTRESOLVE
;
10212 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
10216 bcl
= (htab
->glink
->size
- GLINK_PLTRESOLVE
+ 3*4
10217 + htab
->glink
->output_section
->vma
10218 + htab
->glink
->output_offset
);
10220 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, ADDIS_11_11
+ PPC_HA (bcl
- res0
), p
);
10222 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, MFLR_0
, p
);
10224 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, BCL_20_31
, p
);
10226 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, ADDI_11_11
+ PPC_LO (bcl
- res0
), p
);
10228 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, MFLR_12
, p
);
10230 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, MTLR_0
, p
);
10232 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, SUB_11_11_12
, p
);
10234 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, ADDIS_12_12
+ PPC_HA (got
+ 4 - bcl
), p
);
10236 if (PPC_HA (got
+ 4 - bcl
) == PPC_HA (got
+ 8 - bcl
))
10238 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, LWZ_0_12
+ PPC_LO (got
+ 4 - bcl
), p
);
10240 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, LWZ_12_12
+ PPC_LO (got
+ 8 - bcl
), p
);
10245 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, LWZU_0_12
+ PPC_LO (got
+ 4 - bcl
), p
);
10247 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, LWZ_12_12
+ 4, p
);
10250 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, MTCTR_0
, p
);
10252 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, ADD_0_11_11
, p
);
10256 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, LIS_12
+ PPC_HA (got
+ 4), p
);
10258 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, ADDIS_11_11
+ PPC_HA (-res0
), p
);
10260 if (PPC_HA (got
+ 4) == PPC_HA (got
+ 8))
10261 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, LWZ_0_12
+ PPC_LO (got
+ 4), p
);
10263 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, LWZU_0_12
+ PPC_LO (got
+ 4), p
);
10265 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, ADDI_11_11
+ PPC_LO (-res0
), p
);
10267 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, MTCTR_0
, p
);
10269 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, ADD_0_11_11
, p
);
10271 if (PPC_HA (got
+ 4) == PPC_HA (got
+ 8))
10272 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, LWZ_12_12
+ PPC_LO (got
+ 8), p
);
10274 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, LWZ_12_12
+ 4, p
);
10277 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, ADD_11_0_11
, p
);
10279 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, BCTR
, p
);
10283 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
,
10284 htab
->params
->ppc476_workaround
? BA
: NOP
, p
);
10287 BFD_ASSERT (p
== endp
);
10290 if (htab
->glink_eh_frame
!= NULL
10291 && htab
->glink_eh_frame
->contents
!= NULL
)
10293 unsigned char *p
= htab
->glink_eh_frame
->contents
;
10296 p
+= sizeof (glink_eh_frame_cie
);
10301 /* Offset to .glink. */
10302 val
= (htab
->glink
->output_section
->vma
10303 + htab
->glink
->output_offset
);
10304 val
-= (htab
->glink_eh_frame
->output_section
->vma
10305 + htab
->glink_eh_frame
->output_offset
);
10306 val
-= p
- htab
->glink_eh_frame
->contents
;
10307 bfd_put_32 (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, val
, p
);
10309 if (htab
->glink_eh_frame
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_EH_FRAME
10310 && !_bfd_elf_write_section_eh_frame (output_bfd
, info
,
10311 htab
->glink_eh_frame
,
10312 htab
->glink_eh_frame
->contents
))
10319 #define TARGET_LITTLE_SYM powerpc_elf32_le_vec
10320 #define TARGET_LITTLE_NAME "elf32-powerpcle"
10321 #define TARGET_BIG_SYM powerpc_elf32_vec
10322 #define TARGET_BIG_NAME "elf32-powerpc"
10323 #define ELF_ARCH bfd_arch_powerpc
10324 #define ELF_TARGET_ID PPC32_ELF_DATA
10325 #define ELF_MACHINE_CODE EM_PPC
10326 #define ELF_MAXPAGESIZE 0x10000
10327 #define ELF_COMMONPAGESIZE 0x1000
10328 #define ELF_RELROPAGESIZE ELF_MAXPAGESIZE
10329 #define elf_info_to_howto ppc_elf_info_to_howto
10331 #ifdef EM_CYGNUS_POWERPC
10332 #define ELF_MACHINE_ALT1 EM_CYGNUS_POWERPC
10336 #define ELF_MACHINE_ALT2 EM_PPC_OLD
10339 #define elf_backend_plt_not_loaded 1
10340 #define elf_backend_want_dynrelro 1
10341 #define elf_backend_can_gc_sections 1
10342 #define elf_backend_can_refcount 1
10343 #define elf_backend_rela_normal 1
10344 #define elf_backend_caches_rawsize 1
10346 #define bfd_elf32_mkobject ppc_elf_mkobject
10347 #define bfd_elf32_bfd_merge_private_bfd_data ppc_elf_merge_private_bfd_data
10348 #define bfd_elf32_bfd_relax_section ppc_elf_relax_section
10349 #define bfd_elf32_bfd_reloc_type_lookup ppc_elf_reloc_type_lookup
10350 #define bfd_elf32_bfd_reloc_name_lookup ppc_elf_reloc_name_lookup
10351 #define bfd_elf32_bfd_set_private_flags ppc_elf_set_private_flags
10352 #define bfd_elf32_bfd_link_hash_table_create ppc_elf_link_hash_table_create
10353 #define bfd_elf32_get_synthetic_symtab ppc_elf_get_synthetic_symtab
10355 #define elf_backend_object_p ppc_elf_object_p
10356 #define elf_backend_gc_mark_hook ppc_elf_gc_mark_hook
10357 #define elf_backend_section_from_shdr ppc_elf_section_from_shdr
10358 #define elf_backend_relocate_section ppc_elf_relocate_section
10359 #define elf_backend_create_dynamic_sections ppc_elf_create_dynamic_sections
10360 #define elf_backend_check_relocs ppc_elf_check_relocs
10361 #define elf_backend_relocs_compatible _bfd_elf_relocs_compatible
10362 #define elf_backend_copy_indirect_symbol ppc_elf_copy_indirect_symbol
10363 #define elf_backend_adjust_dynamic_symbol ppc_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol
10364 #define elf_backend_add_symbol_hook ppc_elf_add_symbol_hook
10365 #define elf_backend_size_dynamic_sections ppc_elf_size_dynamic_sections
10366 #define elf_backend_hash_symbol ppc_elf_hash_symbol
10367 #define elf_backend_finish_dynamic_symbol ppc_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol
10368 #define elf_backend_finish_dynamic_sections ppc_elf_finish_dynamic_sections
10369 #define elf_backend_fake_sections ppc_elf_fake_sections
10370 #define elf_backend_additional_program_headers ppc_elf_additional_program_headers
10371 #define elf_backend_modify_segment_map ppc_elf_modify_segment_map
10372 #define elf_backend_grok_prstatus ppc_elf_grok_prstatus
10373 #define elf_backend_grok_psinfo ppc_elf_grok_psinfo
10374 #define elf_backend_write_core_note ppc_elf_write_core_note
10375 #define elf_backend_reloc_type_class ppc_elf_reloc_type_class
10376 #define elf_backend_begin_write_processing ppc_elf_begin_write_processing
10377 #define elf_backend_final_write_processing ppc_elf_final_write_processing
10378 #define elf_backend_write_section ppc_elf_write_section
10379 #define elf_backend_get_sec_type_attr ppc_elf_get_sec_type_attr
10380 #define elf_backend_plt_sym_val ppc_elf_plt_sym_val
10381 #define elf_backend_action_discarded ppc_elf_action_discarded
10382 #define elf_backend_init_index_section _bfd_elf_init_1_index_section
10383 #define elf_backend_lookup_section_flags_hook ppc_elf_lookup_section_flags
10385 #include "elf32-target.h"
10387 /* FreeBSD Target */
10389 #undef TARGET_LITTLE_SYM
10390 #undef TARGET_LITTLE_NAME
10392 #undef TARGET_BIG_SYM
10393 #define TARGET_BIG_SYM powerpc_elf32_fbsd_vec
10394 #undef TARGET_BIG_NAME
10395 #define TARGET_BIG_NAME "elf32-powerpc-freebsd"
10398 #define ELF_OSABI ELFOSABI_FREEBSD
10401 #define elf32_bed elf32_powerpc_fbsd_bed
10403 #include "elf32-target.h"
10405 /* VxWorks Target */
10407 #undef TARGET_LITTLE_SYM
10408 #undef TARGET_LITTLE_NAME
10410 #undef TARGET_BIG_SYM
10411 #define TARGET_BIG_SYM powerpc_elf32_vxworks_vec
10412 #undef TARGET_BIG_NAME
10413 #define TARGET_BIG_NAME "elf32-powerpc-vxworks"
10417 /* VxWorks uses the elf default section flags for .plt. */
10418 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section
*
10419 ppc_elf_vxworks_get_sec_type_attr (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
)
10421 if (sec
->name
== NULL
)
10424 if (strcmp (sec
->name
, ".plt") == 0)
10425 return _bfd_elf_get_sec_type_attr (abfd
, sec
);
10427 return ppc_elf_get_sec_type_attr (abfd
, sec
);
10430 /* Like ppc_elf_link_hash_table_create, but overrides
10431 appropriately for VxWorks. */
10432 static struct bfd_link_hash_table
*
10433 ppc_elf_vxworks_link_hash_table_create (bfd
*abfd
)
10435 struct bfd_link_hash_table
*ret
;
10437 ret
= ppc_elf_link_hash_table_create (abfd
);
10440 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
10441 = (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*)ret
;
10442 htab
->is_vxworks
= 1;
10443 htab
->plt_type
= PLT_VXWORKS
;
10444 htab
->plt_entry_size
= VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE
;
10445 htab
->plt_slot_size
= VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE
;
10446 htab
->plt_initial_entry_size
= VXWORKS_PLT_INITIAL_ENTRY_SIZE
;
10451 /* Tweak magic VxWorks symbols as they are loaded. */
10453 ppc_elf_vxworks_add_symbol_hook (bfd
*abfd
,
10454 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
10455 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
,
10456 const char **namep
,
10461 if (!elf_vxworks_add_symbol_hook (abfd
, info
, sym
, namep
, flagsp
, secp
,
10465 return ppc_elf_add_symbol_hook (abfd
, info
, sym
, namep
, flagsp
, secp
, valp
);
10469 ppc_elf_vxworks_final_write_processing (bfd
*abfd
)
10471 ppc_final_write_processing (abfd
);
10472 return elf_vxworks_final_write_processing (abfd
);
10475 /* On VxWorks, we emit relocations against _PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE_, so
10477 #undef elf_backend_want_plt_sym
10478 #define elf_backend_want_plt_sym 1
10479 #undef elf_backend_want_got_plt
10480 #define elf_backend_want_got_plt 1
10481 #undef elf_backend_got_symbol_offset
10482 #define elf_backend_got_symbol_offset 0
10483 #undef elf_backend_plt_not_loaded
10484 #define elf_backend_plt_not_loaded 0
10485 #undef elf_backend_plt_readonly
10486 #define elf_backend_plt_readonly 1
10487 #undef elf_backend_got_header_size
10488 #define elf_backend_got_header_size 12
10489 #undef elf_backend_dtrel_excludes_plt
10490 #define elf_backend_dtrel_excludes_plt 1
10492 #undef bfd_elf32_get_synthetic_symtab
10494 #undef bfd_elf32_bfd_link_hash_table_create
10495 #define bfd_elf32_bfd_link_hash_table_create \
10496 ppc_elf_vxworks_link_hash_table_create
10497 #undef elf_backend_add_symbol_hook
10498 #define elf_backend_add_symbol_hook \
10499 ppc_elf_vxworks_add_symbol_hook
10500 #undef elf_backend_link_output_symbol_hook
10501 #define elf_backend_link_output_symbol_hook \
10502 elf_vxworks_link_output_symbol_hook
10503 #undef elf_backend_final_write_processing
10504 #define elf_backend_final_write_processing \
10505 ppc_elf_vxworks_final_write_processing
10506 #undef elf_backend_get_sec_type_attr
10507 #define elf_backend_get_sec_type_attr \
10508 ppc_elf_vxworks_get_sec_type_attr
10509 #undef elf_backend_emit_relocs
10510 #define elf_backend_emit_relocs \
10511 elf_vxworks_emit_relocs
10514 #define elf32_bed ppc_elf_vxworks_bed
10516 #include "elf32-target.h"